Home

Optima XR220 System Manual

1. ny TE A ERASE EF TZ ANAS EAT ENE HI RETAINS AT UR Se DL E REER Fo RAS HH ER VERRE gt SE PASI ES SELASSIE gt RUM ESAE SR gt OS EE Pe NC A SZ SUITE ee o ri ETE T THER ZH TW Je PI AER SS CHRD GES EA PR Tee US GEARS BRIE PRC ARR CRA RETE TTE FORA gt TREC AEE URS tr mE UPOZORENJE Ovaj servisni priru nik dostupan je na engleskom jeziku HR Ako davatelj usluge klijenta treba neki drugi jezik klijent je du an osigurati prijevod e poku avajte servisirati opremu ako niste u potpunosti pro itali i razumjeli ovaj servisni priru nik zanemarite li ovo upozorenje mo e do i do ozljede
2. sin pi 2 O o o Lp m 0 JOUOLsaS eee rj E OE S Sp SC E Done HOOD Te o p a 200002 Gm ES m x 5 B n Eg Te ELE Li Cj xw Tg 8 E As j 2 5 E 02 iv j i E E OL a HE a k Va E OL S y S IO Js n 5 v T EC A RS S z e m z w 2 E g Xx z i ge S 0 F 7 zb R O b 8 FS x 18 um gh Ck z a L se ti 8 s me sty d 9 H 2 BR E 9 R e 2 C ay 95 ie T Fuer Of E EE ERE 1S 7 1 WSATTERYL FEEDBACK Meer Lum CHARGE TAN m COLLIMATOR LAMP MANTIS INTERFACE Figure 8 36 Normal Charging Mode Jumper Position Install the system covers Ensure the circuit breaker is on Connect to an AC source Ensure the system is turned off oon Fw The Safe Mode is basically a trickle charger If the system is on the current draw on the batteries is greater than the charging current This will result in a slow depletion of the remaining battery cha
3. BATTERY PACK 1 I F o NDS FDBACK O PACK 4 I F J118 T J8 DRIVE I F JTS CHARGE 1 F J104 j q J14 CHARGE FUSE OUT TP4O BREARER EAE I F F1 E Me 15A SLO BLOW HIVOLT x xCAUTION DRIVE FUSEI OUT tps Ji PARTS OF THIS BOARD PE WS n LOAD 15A SLO BLOW PACK 1 T mi ARE ENERGIZED TO ER HN SHIVOLT pape odi zs BATTERY VOLTAGE EVEN rs o B i R10 B PACK 2 WITH BREAKER OFF le Ti ACK 4 volt PACK 2 I F E d E z 2 AKER IN LINE 412 c R CRICKET BATTERY BOARD 75350008 amon CODE I o H Item Description 1 Cricket battery board 2 Chassis ground test point TP6 3 Battery voltage test point TP7 Figure 8 37 Battery voltage measurement 2 Install the front covers 3 Install the side covers 8 4 3 Front bumper assembly or bumper switch 8 4 3 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 191 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 3 2 Preliminary requirements 8 4 3 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 4 3 2 2 Consumables None 8 4 3 2 3 Replacement parts Item Front bumper assembly Quantity 1 or Item Front
4. Tab Attribute Value Comments 8 x 10in Pixel width Pixel height 10 x 12in Pixel width Pixel height 10 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 11 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height Film Sizes 14 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 14 x 17in Pixel width 3388 Pixel height 4277 24 x 24cm Pixel width Pixel height 24 x 30cm Pixel width Pixel height Page 396 Printer configuration GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYsTEM MANUAL Section A 9 Kodak 8500 printer parameters DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table A 11 Kodak 8500 printer configuration information Tab Attribute Value Comments DICOM Printer Label KODAK8500 Or customer preference Application Entry Title Enter value given by site AE titles may be site network administrator specific check with site Network Address Enter value given by site network administrator Port Number 1024 Port number may be site specific check with site Pixel Depth 12 Printer Pixel Size micron 78 15 Printer Configuration Information LUT Wkstn2a w87 2 no spaces Density Min 20 Max 300 Magnification Type CUBIC Smooth Factor 15 Trim NO Polarity NORMAL Border Density BLACK Empty Image Density BLACK Printer Memory Size 40Mbyte Select the desired layouts 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 only valid for portrait Layouts allowed for this printer 2 1 only valid for l
5. 300 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 8 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Install the side covers 8 5 35 3 2 Tube park latch switch 1 See Figure 8 108 Remove the 2 mounting screws Item 1 from the switch Item 2 Item Description 1 Mounting screws 2 Switch 3 Spade connectors 3 for switch Figure 8 108 Tube park latch switch w Record the color and location of the wires connected to the switch Remove the spade connectors Item 3 from the switch and remove the switch from the assembly Connect the spade connectors to the new switch Install the switch into the assembly and tighten the mounting screws Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the top cover Install the side covers Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 301 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 35 3 3 Tube park latch solenoid 1 Remove the park latch assembly see 8 5 35 3 1 Tube park latch assembly on page 300 Note It is recommended that you take the assembly to a sturdy work bench as the procedure can cause damage to customer surfaces 2 See Figure 8 109 Remove the 2 mounting screws Item 1 from the switch Item 2 Item Description 1 Switch mounting screws 2 Switch Pin Lat
6. He a Ha UPOZORENJE Ovo servisno uputstvo je dostupno samo na engleskom jeziku SR Ako klijentov serviser zahteva neki drugi jezik klijent je duzan da obezbedi prevodilacke usluge e poku avajte da opravite ure aj ako niste pro itali i razumeli ovo servisno uputstvo Zanemarivanje ovog upozorenja mo e dovesti do povre ivanja servisera rukovaoca ili pacijenta usled strujnog udara ili mehani kih i drugih opasnosti UPOZORNENIE Tento n vod na obsluhu je k dispoz cii len v angli tine SK Ak z kazn kov poskytovate slu ieb vy aduje in jazyk ako angli tinu poskytnutie prekladate sk ch slu ieb je zodpovednos ou z kazn ka Nepok
7. Tab Attribute Value Comments DICOM Printer Label DRYSTAR3000 Or customers preference Application Entry Title Enter value given by site AE titles may be site network administrator specific check with site Network Address Enter value given by site network administrator Port Number 104 Port number may be site specific check with site Pixel Depth 12 Printer Pixel Size micron 79 4 Configuration Information PERCEPTION_LUT LIN Printer EAR no spaces Density Min 20 Max 300 Magnification Type CUBIC Smooth Factor 140 Trim NO Not supported Polarity NORMAL Border Density BLACK Empty Image Density BLACK Printer Memory Size 40Mbyte Select the desired layouts 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 allowed for this printer Layouts Slide formats Not applicable Not supported do not select Printer configuration Page 381 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table A 1 Agfa Drystar 3000 printer configuration information Tab Attribute Value Comments 8 x 10in Pixel width 2388 Agfa layout portrait 9006 Pixel height 2972 10 x 12in Pixel width Pixel height 10 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 11 x 14in Pixel width 3300 Agfa layout portrait 9014 Pixel height 4256 Film Sizes 14 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 14 x 17in Pixel width 4256 A
8. Tab Attribute Value Comments DICOM Printer Label DRYPIX7000 Or customer preference Application Entry Title Enter value given by site AE Titles may be site network administrator specific check with site Network Address Enter value given by site network administrator Port Number 104 Port number may be site specific check with site Pixel Depth 12 Printer Pixel Size micron 50 Printer Configuration Information CS000 Density Min 20 Max 300 Magnification Type CUBIC Smooth Factor SHARP Trim NO Polarity NORMAL Border Density BLACK Empty Image Density BLACK Printer Memory Size 48Mbyte Select the desired layouts 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 Layouts allowed for this printer Slide formats 8 x 10in Pixel width 3907 Pixel height 4819 10 x 12in Pixel width Pixel height 10 x 14in Pixel width 5075 Pixel height 7043 11 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height Film Sizes 14 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 14 x 17in Pixel width Pixel height 24 x 24cm Pixel width Pixel height 24 x 30cm Pixel width Pixel height Page 394 Printer configuration GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Fuji DryPix 7000 general comments The following configurations must be configured by the Fuji printer representative to print correctly sized images Note LUT1 as SAR17 for calling AE TITLE Trim width at 1 pixel for calling AE TITLE Globally configu
9. 1 A thickness notch in this location identifies a newer version tube mount Figure 8 143 Tube mount identification Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 339 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 CRUSH HAZARD OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Note 2 The yolk mounting fasteners for the new version are longer than the original version These fasteners are provided with the new version replacement part and MUST be used 8 6 5 2 4 Safety The column vertical lock must be engaged before any weight i e horizontal arm X ray tube collimator is removed from the vertical carriage 8 6 5 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and front covers See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Remove the collimator See 8 6 9 Collimator Remove the tube covers See 8 1 7 Tube head cover removal 8 6 5 3 Procedure Position the unit next to a work surface that can safely support the X ray tube yoke assembly Lock the vertical carriage See 8 6 1 Engaging vertical lock Remove the collimator See 8 6 9 1 Collimator replacement Remove the HV cables from the X ray tube wells Protect the HV cable ends to prevent damage Disconnect the rotor cable from the generator J6 connector and free the rotor cable from the cable drape marking the location of the cable ties Page 340 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube
10. i CLICCO Figure 8 26 Super cable 5550768 8 2 3 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 120 8 2 3 2 Preliminary requirements 8 2 3 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 2 3 2 2 Consumables Cable ties Page 176 Section 8 2 Cable replacement GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 2 3 2 3 Replacement parts Item Cable assemblies need all three cables to replace Super cable 5557068 Locust to LVLE2 Locust to Caterpillar Locust to Park Latch Quantity 1 each 8 2 3 2 4 Safety None 8 2 3 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers top cover and the rear bin See 8 1 5 Rear bin removal on page 157 Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 8 2 3 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 See Section 8 2 1 General cable replacement on page 162 for generic cable replacement steps 1 Remove the 7 fasteners 4 nuts cap screws and heat shield from the right side of the unit See Figure 8 27 D EET 3 3 H Figure 8 27 Heat shield Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page
11. ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 245 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 1 Disconnect the cable 1 connection from the circuit board See Figure 8 72 Board data module 2 Spyder controller circuit board Figure 8 72 Board identification right side 2 Remove the old circuit board 2 screws 3 Install the new circuit board Note There are washers on the front and back of the BDM module These back side washers MUST be used to properly mount the BDM 4 Install the fastener previously removed and tighten securely a Orient the cable ground as shown in Figure 8 72 to prevent accidental shorting b Ensure washers are properly installed both front and rear 5 Connect the grounded cable end to the BDM module 6 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 7 Install the right side cover 8 5 11 4 Finalization The system will report a BDM Mismatch error detected with 2 selections RESTORE and CANCEL Make sure you select CANCEL to have the Spyder upload the correct contents to the Board Data Module Failure to do so will result in erratic or f
12. OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 DAP cable optional for Optima XR200amx systems 2 Wireless cable only valid for Optima XR220amx systems 3 Vertical brake cable 4 Horizontal arm lock cable Figure 4 14 Correct cable bundle arrangement 11 Install the front bin top cover and side covers 12 Configure the system to enable the DAP meter option See 4 2 7 Options configuration on page 57 13 Once the DAP meter option has been enabled it must be switched on at the Applications level On the Applications desktop click the UTILITIES button On the Utilities desktop select PREFERENCES OPTIONS Turn the DAP function ON Refer to the system Operator Manual for instructions on DAP usage The system must be reset using the power button each time the DAP meter is disconnected and then reconnected with system power on The DAP meter does not support Hot Swapping Failure to reset the system in this occurrence can result in an inaccurate dose value reported by the DAP meter 14 Perform DAP calibration See 5 6 3 DAP calibration on page 94 for calibration procedure Page 78 Section 4 10 Installing hardware options GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Section 4 11 Importing custom IP looks from Definium AMX 700 Use the following procedure to back u
13. RON OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN responsible for providing evidence of PACS monitor calibration At the application desktop press IMAGE TOOLS Click SMPTE to load the SMPTE pattern into the Patient List Send the SMPTE pattern to the PACS review workstation Verify that 596 and 9596 squares are equally visible on PACS Figure 5 3 JE 5 black on 0 black 95 white on 10095 white Figure 5 3 SMPTE pattern 5 7 2 2 Loading test images 1 Load the PACS test images onto the acquisition workstation Use either A DICOM formatted CD ROM with images Images that are stored on the system in Image Tools Verify that the patient name is GE DX Image Display Test and the patient ID is 2000002 5 7 2 3 Sending no burn images to the PACS 1 2 3 4 In the SUIF press the UTILITIES tab button Next to Network Connections press EDIT Select the appropriate network host and press EDIT On the Preferences tab verify that the following parameter is NOT checked Apply Burn on Send to images when sending to this network host In the Images list highlight PACS Test Image 1 Page 98 Section 5 7 PACS image tests GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 6 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYsTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN In the Destination icon list press the appropriate PACS network host 5 7 2 4 Sending burn on send images to the PACS PONS e In the SUIF
14. D 4 a 3 4 E E 8 5 o o M ea 6 n Figure 5 4 Example showing distinct bands and visible squares If PACS test images 1 and 6 appear visually identical with an equal number of bright and dark bands the PACS supports VOI LUT Configure the PACS as No Burn for this host If PACS Test Images 1 and 6 appear visually different with a different number of bright and dark bands or if you can see saturation in the lung or abdomen of the chest region saturation appears as a completely flat dark or white area the PACS does not support VOI LUT or applies it incorrectly Configure the PACS as Burn on Send for this host Repeat sections 5 7 2 3 Sending no burn images to the PACS and 5 7 2 4 Sending burn on send images to the PACS for each PACS destination host Chapter 5 Calibration Page 99 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 6 Record the results in the table below OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Example Test 1 Test 2 Test3 Test4 Test 5 Test 6 Test 7 Distinct dark 3 bands 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 2 5 3 6 4 7 5 8 4 9 4 10 3 11 3 12 0 Distinct bright 6 bands Table 5 1 PACS image test results In addition to the test results above use Table 5 2 as a guideline to determine if a PACS should be configured as Burn on Send This table considers only whether
15. 7 the new front bumper assembly remove the mounting nuts Item 4 both sides from the switch arms Item 5 both sides Lift the switch arms off of the mounting studs 8 Slide the new front bumper and attached parts Item 6 in from the front of the unit Page 194 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 10 11 12 13 14 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Guide the ends of the switch arms Item 5 both sides through the slots in the chassis then place the switch arms onto the mounting studs and install the mounting nuts Item 4 both sides Connect the wires to the switches Item 3 both sides The wires are connected to the common COM and normally open NO terminals on the switches Install the front bumper slot closure Item 2 There are 2 mounting nuts that must be installed from underneath the chassis Using long nose pliers install the extension springs Item 1 both sides Adjust the adjustment screw Item 7 to just remove any side to side play of the front bumper assembly Install the front covers and side covers 8 4 3 3 2 Front bumper switch 1 2 3 4 e See Figure 8 39 Remove the wires from the switch to be replaced Item 3 left and or right Remove the mounting nuts 2 from the switch Replace the old switch with the new switch install and tighten the mounting nuts Connect the wires to the switch The wires are con
16. 8 6 10 2 2 Consumables None 8 6 10 2 3 Replacement parts Item DAP meter Quantity 1 8 6 10 2 4 Safety 8 6 10 2 5 Required conditions Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 365 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 10 3 Procedure 1 See Figure 8 163 Disconnect the DAP cable connector Item 1 Item Description 1 DAP cable connector 2 Latch 3 DAP meter Figure 8 163 DAP Release the latch Item 2 and slide the DAP Item 3 out of the collimator rails Install the new DAP into the collimator rails and push backwards until the latch engages Connect the DAP cable Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 ak oN NOTICE The system must be reset using the power button each time the DAP meter is disconnected and then reconnected with system power on The DAP meter does not support Hot Swapping Failure to reset the system in this occurrence can result in an inaccurate dose value reported by the DAP meter 8 6 10 4 Finalization 1 Perform DAP calibration see 5 6 3 DAP calibration on page 94 2 Perform the following functional checks X ray Dose report see X ray on page 36 3 Perform the following HHS checks Light field intensity see 7 1 3 1 Testing light intensity on page 116 Page 3
17. Display inverter Ferrite core Hornet UIF board metal cover Cable clamp location cable clamp not shown Board mounting plate screws 6 screws 3 on each side Hornet to Overlay board cable Figure 8 69 Board identification top cover Page 242 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 ak wh OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Disconnect two cables from the top of the Hornet board Remove the cable clamp Item 5 from the large cable Disconnect the cable from the right side of the Hornet board On the left side of the Hornet board unplug the other end of the cable from the display inverter board Item 2 Remove cable ties from the ferrite core Item 3 and remove the core from the cable Remove the 12 mounting nuts and tip the Hornet board metal cover Item 4 to gain access to the remaining cable Disconnect the cable from the left side of the Hornet board Route the cable connector through the cover and remove the cover Disconnect the cable from the bottom of the Hornet board Remove the Hornet board 4 screws Disconnect the cable from the Overlay board Item 7 Remove the 4 small cables from the top and bottom of the Display inverter board Item 2 Note the colors of the cable wires blue on the left pink on the right Remove the 6 screws 3 on each side and the board mounting plate See Figure 8 70 Note the locat
18. Do you really want that Chapter 4 Configuration Page 87 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 16 Under Manage Preferences section click on SAVE AS See Figure 4 27 Figure 4 27 Save Changes Manage Preferences ASnapshot Lightning Revert to Saved Delete Config ASnapshot Aurora v 17 Goto Step 5 until all four configurations are completed 18 Press CTRL F4 at the same time to close the html interface 19 Success Check Steps If everything is fine you should be able to see Auto Snapshots getting generated after reset a Perform a system reset b After system is booted up login and wait for 5 minutes Snapshot is being created in a temp location c While you are waiting open a terminal window using CTRL SHIFT EF5 and click on the terminal window icon d following command ls ltr enggdata Snapshots 3400017 zip e Note the date time stamp of the most recently created file f After 5 minutes reset and reboot the system login Snapshot from temp location is written to Snapshots directory and a new snapshot is being created in a temp location g Open a terminal window using CTRL SHIFT F5 and click on the terminal window icon h Run following command ls ltr enggdata Snapshots 3400017 zip i The output of c above should show a snapshot file having the string 3400017 embedded in the snapshot filename created after the most recent sys
19. Jei nepaisysite io sp jimo galimi paslaug tiek jo operatoriaus ar paciento su alojimai d l elektros oko mechanini ar kit pavoj Denne serviceh ndboken finnes bare p engelsk Hvis kundens serviceleverand r har bruk for et annet spr k er det kundens ansvar s rge for oversettelse Ikke fors k reparere utstyret uten at denne serviceh ndboken er lest og forst tt Manglende hensyn til denne advarselen kan f re til at serviceleverand ren operat ren eller pasienten skades p grunn av elektrisk st t mekaniske eller andre farer Niniejszy podr cznik serwisowy dost pny jest jedynie w j zyku angielskim Je li serwisant klienta wymaga j zyka innego ni angielski zapewnienie us ugi ttumaczenia jest obowi zkiem klienta Nie pr bowa serwisowa urz dzenia bez zapoznania si z niniejszym podr cznikiem serwisowym i zrozumienia go Niezastosowanie si do tego ostrze enia mo e doprowadzi do obra e serwisanta operatora lub pacjenta w wyniku pora enia pr dem elektrycznym zagro enia mechanicznego b d innego Este manual de assist ncia t cnica encontra se dispon vel unicamente em ingl s e outro servi o de assist ncia t cnica solicitar a tradu o deste manual caber ao cliente fornecer os servi os de tradu o N o tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e compreendido este manual de assist ncia t cnica A n o observ ncia deste aviso pode ocasionar ferimento
20. Turn on system power and boot up the system Position the tube above the kVp meter at a SID of 100 cm 39 4 in Collimate the beam to slightly larger than the kVp meter active sensor Select the kV and mAs as defined in Table 7 7 for 15 kW generator or Table 7 8 for 30 kW generator Table 7 7 kV and mAs settings for kVp accuracy 15 kW generator Sample Selected kV Selected mAs Exposure Time See Note 1 50 2 5 lt 40mS 2 80 2 5 lt 40mS 3 125 1 6 lt 40mS 4 50 25 gt 40mS 5 80 20 gt 40mS 6 125 12 5 gt 40mS Note Exposure Time reference is for generator specifications not selectable Table 7 8 kV and mAs settings for kVp accuracy 30 kW generator Sample Selected kV Selected mAs Exposure Time See Note 1 50 2 5 lt 40mS 2 80 2 5 lt 40mS 3 125 1 6 lt 40mS 4 50 25 gt 40mS 5 80 32 gt 40mS 6 125 25 gt 40mS Note Exposure Time reference is for generator specifications not selectable 5 Make an exposure and measure the kVp value Record the values in Table 7 9 for 15 kW generator or Table 7 10 for 30 kW generator Table 7 9 kVp values for kVp accuracy 15 kW generator Sample 1 Measured kVp Acceptance Criteria 4 kVp and 2 of selected kVp 4 kVp and 2 of selected kVp 4 kVp and 2 of selected kVp 4 kVp of selected kVp 4 kVp of selected kVp OJJAN
21. 8 6 4 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers front covers and front bin See 8 1 4 Front bin removal on page 156 Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Page 332 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 4 3 Procedure 1 See Figure 8 137 Disconnect the horizontal arm brake cable from the Thorax bulkhead J1 Figure 8 137 Horizontal arm brake cable Thorax bulkhead J1 2 Remove the HV cable clamp mounting screws See Figure 8 138 Item Description 1 HV cable clamp mounting screws 2 Figure 8 138 HV cable clamp mounting screws 3 Remove the clamp from the HV cable bundle See Figure 8 139 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 333 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Figure 8 139 HV cable clamp 4 Follow the horizontal arm brake cable back through the cable drape At each existing cable tie mark the location of the cable tie on an adjacent cable then cut and remove the cable tie 5 Position the horizontal arm to a convenient work position then lock the vertical carriage See 8 6 1 Engaging vertical lock 6 SeeFigure 8 140 Remove the bushing Item 2 from the horizontal arm 7 Remove the two bracket mounting screws Item 3 from the bottom of the horizontal arm 8 Adjust th
22. 97 5 7 1 Comparing PACS test images ssssssssssseeee eene nennen nnns 97 5 7 2 Determining PACS burn no burn configuration 97 5 7 3 Optional PACS tests once eet den eee 101 5 7 4 PACS image comparison results sssssssssseene eene 103 Mechanical adjustment procedures 105 Section 6 1 Column related 105 6 1 1 Column balance procedure ssssssssssssssesseeeneen enemies 105 6 1 2 Tube latch to arm pin adjustment 108 6 1 3 Column rotational detent procedure sss 111 Regulatory testing 12 1 cecrrririse ecc i oor kae p orte r axe rere sare Roe dn 115 Section 7 1 U S federally required tests esses 115 7 1 1 Required test 115 1 1 2 Preparing for testing erre Ret ETRURIAE 115 7 1 3 Collimator testing oie het Heo ra vea Helen ath m e 116 71 4 Generator tests a eti eret tenta ete e cp be ea ORE EE DOR EE Eg Dee 122 71 6 Beam Quality attt teste eaa iu table int 129 7 1 6 Testing generator operator indicators ssssse e 131 Section 7 2 Testing electrical Safety esee 1
23. Application Entry Title DICOM application title IP Network Address IP address of the network host Port Number Port number for the network host Available only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade system Type of information the host will provide upon query from another host Options are No provider Study and Patient Query Retrieve Available only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima Storage Commitment XR200amx with digital upgrade system Designates whether the host will store image data Storage Commitment Application Entry Title if Storage Commitment is Available only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade system Yes DICOM application title Storage Commitment Available only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima Network Address if Storage XR200amx with digital upgrade system Commitment is Yes IP address of the storage database Storage Commitment Port Available only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima Number if Storage XR200amx with digital upgrade system Commitment is Yes Port number for the storage database Comments Area for notes about the network host or configuration 6 Press SAVE T Select the PREFERENCES tab 8 On the Add Network Host window on the Preferences tab select the appropriate options as described below All options except Make this network host the HIS RIS source are available only on the Optima XR220amx
24. Chapter 4 Configuration Page 59 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table 4 10 PNF parameters Option Description In the Name field specify the filter name In the Allowed IPs field specify a particular IP address a range of IP addresses or a masked subnet Add New Filter In the Allowed Port field specify a particular port From the Protocol drop down list select the protocol to be allowed TCP UDP Any Select ADD FILTER to apply your changes NAT tab Used to define NAT Network Address Translation rules Lists current filters by name source IP destination IP destination port and protocol Name Source IP Dest IP Select the Delete box checkbox next to the filter to delete then select DELETE EXISTING FILTERS In the Name field specify the filter name In the Source IP field specify the source IP In the Destination IP field specify the destination IP Add New Filter In the Destination Port field specify the destination port From the Protocol drop down list select the protocol to be allowed TCP UDP Any Select ADD FILTER to apply your changes Remove Existing Filters GE Service tab Used to set IIP node lock IP address and DICOM port This page is limited to GE service personnel 4 2 10 Time Server configuration Contact a GE service representative to configure Time Server settings 4 2 1
25. Route the left side cable through the metal cover plug it into the Hornet board then install the metal cover and mounting nuts Connect all remaining cables to the Hornet board Connect the other end of the left side cable to the display inverter board Re install the ferrite core onto the cable and secure with cable ties Re install the cable clamp on the large cable Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the top cover and side covers 8 5 10 4 Finalization 1 2 Perform the following calibration Touchscreen see Section 5 2 Touchscreen calibration on page 89 Perform the following HHS checks J Generator operator indicators see 7 1 6 Testing generator operator indicators page 131 Page 244 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 11 Board data module 8 5 11 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 11 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 11 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit Anti static ESD kit 8 5 11 2 2 Consumables 8 5 11 2 3 Replacement parts Item Board data module circuit board Quantity 1 8 5 11 2 4 Safety None 8 5 11 2 5 Required conditions Remove the right side cover See 8 1 1 Side cover removal e Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 8 5 11 3 Procedure
26. ajte sa o obsluhu zariadenia k m si neprecitate n vod na neporozumiete mu Zanedbanie tohto upozornenia m e sp sobi zranenie poskytovate a slu ieb obsluhuj cej osoby alebo pacienta elektrick m pr dom mechanick alebo in ohrozenie ATENCION Este manual de servicio s lo existe en ingl s ES Si el encargado de mantenimiento de un cliente necesita un idioma que no sea el ingl s el cliente deber encargarse de la traducci n del manual No se deber dar servicio t cnico al equipo sin haber consultado y comprendido este manual de servicio La no observancia del presente aviso puede dar lugar a que el proveedor de servicios el operador o el paciente sufran lesiones provocadas por causas el ctricas mec nicas o de otra naturaleza VARNING Den h r servicehandboken finns bara tillg nglig p engelska SV Om en kunds servicetekniker har behov av ett annat spr k n engelska ansvarar kunden f r att tillhandah lla vers ttningstj nster F rs k inte utf ra service p utrustningen om du inte har l st och f rst r den h r servicehandboken Om du inte tar h nsyn till den h r varningen kan det resultera i skador p serviceteknikern operat ren eller patienten till f ljd av elektriska st tar mekaniska faror eller andra faror OPOZORILO Ta servisni priro nik je na voljo samo v angle kem jeziku SL e Ce ponudnik storitve stranke potrebuje priro nik v drugem jeziku mora stranka zagotoviti pre
27. 1 the test meter set the Outlet switch to Reversed 2 Verify that system power is on 3 Using the clamp connect to all conductive surfaces 4 Record the readings in Table 7 22 7 2 2 5 Condition 5 Power on normal outlet X ray on A EXPOSURE TO RADIATION Wear a lead vest to protect yourself from radiation 1 the test meter set the Outlet switch to Normal 2 Verify that system power is on 3 Make an exposure see Table 7 23 while using the clamp to connect to all conductive surfaces Generator power kVp mAs 15 kW 125 100 30 kW 125 100 Table 7 23 Exposure technique 4 Record the readings in Table 7 22 Section 7 3 Tube Radiation Leakage Test Optional 7 3 1 Personnel Requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 90 including setup and clean up 7 3 2 Preliminary requirements 7 3 2 1 Tools and test equipment RTI Piranha model 657 with R100 R100B or Piranha Dose probe as provided by the vendor or equivalent Page 144 Section 7 3 Tube Radiation Leakage Test Optional GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN e 3 mm lead to block the primary beam Metric tape measure 7 3 2 2 Consumables None 7 3 2 3 Safety e Appropriate ionizing radiation PPE 7 3 3 Purpose The purpose of this section is to provide guidance and definition for those that wish to perform a radiation leakage test of the X ray tube collimator
28. 2 off Reversed No 7 2 2 2 Condition 2 Power off reversed outlet X ray off 3 On Normal No 7 2 2 3 Condition 3 Power on normal outlet X ray off 4 On Reversed No 7 2 2 4 Condition 4 Power on reversed outlet X ray off 5 On Normal Yes 7 2 2 5 Condition 5 Power on normal outlet X ray on Table 7 21 Leakage current test conditions Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 141 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN NOTICE Potential test equipment damage Always pause in the OFF position when moving the OUTLET Switch from NORMAL to REVERSED or REVERSED to NORMAL Failure to do so can result in the internal test meter failure and tripping of facilities circuit breakers 7 2 2 1 Condition 1 Power off normal outlet X ray off 1 Turn off the system power main circuit breaker ON On the test meter set the Function switch to ENCLOSURE LEAKAGE the L2 switch to CLOSED the Outlet switch to Normal and the M A P Lift Gnd to OFF Figure 7 18 Figure 7 18 Dale 601 meter Page 142 Section 7 2 Testing electrical safety GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 2 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Figure 7 19 Dale 601 meter top view 3 Connect the Dale 601 test meter to a wall outlet Important Connect the System AC power cord to the receptacle on the test meter 5 Using the clamp connect to all conductive surfaces listed in Table 7 22 Recor
29. DR Images sent as CR Modality XR200amx with digital upgrade system Options are Yes or No 9 Press SAVE 10 Repeat this process for each network host device the site wants to add 4 4 1 2 Performing a C Echo test Use this function to determine if the system is communicating with a particular network host Chapter 4 Configuration Page 63 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 1 the Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button 2 Onthe Utilities desktop next to Network Connections press EDIT 3 the Network Connections window in the Network Hosts section select the network host connection to test and press C ECHO TEST A message appears saying whether the test passed or failed A passed message means that the network host is working and that exams can be retrieved from or transferred to it A failed message means that the system could not contact the network host Perform the following tasks to resolve the problem A Re try the test at a later time The host may be temporarily unavailable Confirm the host configuration on the Edit screen On the Network Connections window in the Network Hosts section select the network host connection to verify and press EDIT If the problem persists contact the technical support group or system administrator 4 4 1 3 Removing network hosts Follow these instructions to remove a ne
30. Leakage see 7 2 2 Performing leakage current testing on page 141 8 5 30 AC power plug 8 5 30 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 30 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 30 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 5 30 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 30 2 3 Replacement parts Item AC power plug Quantity 1 8 5 30 2 4 Safety None Page 286 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 30 2 5 Required conditions Remove the left side cover See 8 1 1 Side cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 8 5 30 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current 1 Remove the existing power plug Figure 8 99 from the power cord Figure 8 99 Power plug 2 Install the new power plug as shown in Table 8 3 Power plug connections Table 8 3 Power plug connections Wire color Power plug connection Brown line Connect to the brass terminal Blue neutral Connect to the silver terminal Green yellow ground Connect to the green terminal Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 287 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 3 Use an ohm meter to verify the continuity of the power connections as
31. Remove LOTO from the system amp 8 5 36 4 Finalization Restore the system to normal operation Connect a tethered detector to the system and perform an exposure Verify that an image is created Insert an un tethered detector into the bin with detector battery installed Verify that when the detector is in the storage bin the battery LED in the detector handle is lit and blinking ak 306 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 37 Collimator lamp power supply 8 5 37 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 20 8 5 37 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 37 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit Anti static ESD kit 8 5 37 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 37 2 3 Replacement parts Item Collimator lamp power supply Quantity 1 8 5 37 2 4 Safety None 8 5 37 2 5 Required conditions Remove the left side cover See 8 1 1 Side cover removal e Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 8 5 37 3 Procedure ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 307 GE HEALTHC
32. Restore the configuration and calibration files 3 2 1 3 Finalization 1 2 Section 3 3 Perform the functional checks under X ray in Table 2 2 Functional checks on page 35 For Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade verify that images can be created and transferred via networking as applicable Performing a FW Load From Cold LFC Shut down the system and turn the main circuit breaker off Wait one minute then restore power and boot the system On the Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button On the Utilities desktop press LAUNCH Page 46 Section 3 3 Performing a FW Load From Cold LFC GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 oodd 15 Section 3 4 MONOaARWN gt Section 3 5 Note OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN On the Service Home tab press the UTILITIES tab button Press the SUBSYSTEM SOFTWARE button Press the HW FIRMWARE INSTALL button Press the DOWNLOADS link Select HW FIRMWARE INSTALL Connect the USB firmware dongle to the single USB port on the right 11 12 13 14 Follow the on screen instructions After the firmware load is completed remove the USB firmware dongle Reboot the system for the operating system install to complete If the system presents a BDM mismatch select CANCEL to update the BDM board with the new firmware Note The BDM backup process takes approximately 25 minutes to complete If aft
33. See 8 1 7 Tube head cover removal Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 345 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 6 3 Procedure 1 Position the unit next to a work surface that can safely support the X ray tube yoke assembly Lock the vertical carriage See 8 6 1 Engaging vertical lock Remove the collimator See 8 6 9 1 Collimator replacement Remove the HV cables from the X ray tube wells Protect the HV cables to prevent damage Disconnect the rotor cable from the generator J6 connector and free the rotor cable from the cable drape marking the location of the cable ties 6 SeeFigure 8 147 Remove the three tube yoke mounting screws Item 1 from the horizontal arm Item 2 ak WN Item Description 1 Tube yoke mounting screws 3 used 2 Horizontal arm 3 X ray tube yoke assembly Figure 8 147 X ray tube mount 7 the front of the X ray tube assembly upward and slide the assembly out of the horizontal arm Set the assembly on the work surface Page 346 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 SeeFigure 8 148 Remove the four end cap mounting screws Item 1 from the anode end cap Item 3 Note 1 Do NOT loosen or disturb the sc
34. See Figure 8 2 Figure 8 2 Top cover screws Page 150 Section 8 1 Cover management GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 3 Lift the top cover and disconnect the cables See Figure 8 3 Figure 8 3 Top cover cables 4 Remove the top cover Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 151 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 1 3 Front cover removal 8 1 3 1 Right front cover removal 1 Remove the right side cover See Section 8 1 1 Side cover removal 2 See Figure 8 4 Remove the 2 mounting screws Item 1 from the bottom cable exit cover Item 2 Item Description 1 Mounting screws 2 used 2 Bottom cable exit cover Figure 8 4 Bottom cable exit cover Page 152 Section 8 1 Cover management GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 3 Remove 2 mounting screws Item 1 from the side of the cover See Figure 8 5 Item Description 1 Rear mounting screws 2 used 2 Front mounting screw 1 used 3 Right front cover Figure 8 5 Right front cover 4 Remove 1 mounting screw Item 2 at the front of the cover 5 Slide the cover sideways to remove Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 153 G
35. To ensure that the lamp reaches full brightness wait while the lamp illuminates and then automatically shuts off after 30 seconds Then turn on the lamp again and proceed to the next step 6 Use the dials on the front of the collimator to adjust the field size to 10 x 10 inches 7 Turn off the collimator lamp 8 Turn off the room lights and use the light meter to measure the ambient light level Record the ambient light level here Ambient light level 9 Turnon the collimator lamp 10 Position the light meter in the center of each quadrant and record the intensity of the light field here Quadrant 1 Quadrant 2 Quadrant 3 Quadrant 4 11 Turn off the collimator lamp 12 Calculate the average illumination by summing the light levels of the 4 quadrants and dividing by 4 then subtracting the ambient light level Record the average illumination here Average illumination Page 116 Section 7 1 U S federally required tests GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 13 Verify that the average illumination is greater than the ambient brightness by the specification listed in Table 7 1 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment Use this test to verify that the light field and X ray field are aligned laterally and longitudinally Total misalignment may not exceed the specification that pertains to the site given below Table 7 2 Light field to
36. eere 89 5 1 1 Saving changes da bee d 89 Section 5 2 Touchscreen calibration eee 89 5 2 1 Calibrating the touchscreen eene nennen nennen iT 89 Section 5 3 Generator calibration nnna 90 5 3 1 Setting filament drive level eene nnne en npo dn nca 90 Page 18 Table of Contents GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Chapter 8 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 5 3 2 Viewing and resetting tube and generator usage 91 Section 5 4 Detector 91 5 4 1 Executing bad pixel and gain calibrations 91 Section 5 5 Image quality calibration eese 93 5 5 1 Calibrating the Dinter oansnien i AA E Aa A A Aera 93 Section 5 6 Hardware calibration eere 94 5 6 1 Drive handle calibration sese eene enne 94 5 6 2 Touch screen calibration esses eese eene enitn nnn nhe aa 94 5 6 3 DAP calibration ienien aii nenne the dcn tine d d en edd ep dd cd d 94 Section 5 7 PACS image
37. value Enter the measurements here Error measurement N S E Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 117 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 9 Item Description 1 Light field to X ray field test pattern 2 Light field or X ray field Figure 7 1 Light to X ray field test 9 10 N Calculate the absolute error value for N S and E W and record it here ABS N S error ABS E W error Determine the percentage of misalignment and record it here ABS N S error SID 100 ABS E W error SID 100 Pass criteria is lt 1 8 SID 1 3 2 2 Light to X ray field alignment test Prepare for an exposure Align the X ray tube to the receptor for a SID 40 inches Place the test pattern on the receptor and center it squarely Use the collimator dials to adjust the light field settings to 10 X 10 inches on the test pattern Minimize the room lights Select 50 kVp and 1 mAs small spot Make an exposure Continue with the appropriate procedure below For Optima XR200amx see 7 1 3 2 3 Light field to X ray field alignment Optima Page 118 Section 7 1 U S federally required tests GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN XR200amx on page 119 For Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade see 7 1 3 2 4 Light fie
38. 000 En gt ya Py C ADJ C3 lo nov Loc 1 LOCA a Figure 7 10 Current setting on the tester 7 2 1 4 Performing zero adjustment Ground measurements may be affected by a voltage drop in the A and B cables To account for the voltage drop perform the zero adjustment procedure before taking ground measurements 1 Confirm that the unit is in the ready state 2 Short circuit cable A with cable B Cable B Cable A Figure 7 11 Cable A and cable B short circuited 3 Press the button The orange test indicator is displayed the OADJ indicator begins flashing below the resistance value and the zero adjustment begins During the zero adjustment a preset current is output through the shorted leads When zero adjustment is complete about three seconds the unit enters the ready state and the OADJ lamp lights If the test cables are too resistive the offset cannot be set Use less resistive cables and try to set the offset again The zero adjustment function is automatically disabled if the output current value is changed or if data settings are changed Zero adjustment is possible within a range equivalentto a resistance between 0 000 Ohms and 0 100 Ohms on the resistor indicator If the measured value falls outside this range the resistance value flashes and the unit enters the ready state Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 135 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM
39. 129 Chapter 2 Planned Maintenance Page 41 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Page 42 Section 2 4 Planned maintenance procedures GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Chapter 3 System data and software Section 3 1 Backing up system data This section describes the process to save system files so that there is a valid backup available if the system software ever needs to be reloaded or upgraded You will need the external CD DVD drive and a blank media disk CD R or DVD R format or a USB drive i e memory stick Itis recommended that you obtain a Sandisk Cruzer 4Gb GE Part Number 5423551 labeled Daily Use The backup takes about ten minutes to complete but depends upon the amount of data that must be saved For example if multiple detectors are registered to the system Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade only there are more calibration files that must be saved resulting in longer backup times 3 1 1 What is included in a system backup During a system backup the following data is saved Calibration files Configuration files However the following data is not saved by system backup Image data Use a separate process for archiving image data See the Optima XR200amx Operator Manual or Optima XR220amx Operator Manual for instructions Procedure protocols Save the pro
40. 15 kW systems may be different but the mAs ratio relative to continuous 0 48 mA at 125 kVp calculate to be the same Page 148 Section 7 3 Tube Radiation Leakage Test Optional GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Chapter 8 Replacement procedures A DANGER d AAO THE POTENTIAL FOR INJURY OR DEATH FROM ELECTRICAL AND HAZARDS MECHANICAL HAZARDS IS HIGH CAREFULLY READ AND FOLLOW EXIST INSTRUCTIONS ALWAYS LOTO THE SYSTEM BEFORE ATTEMPTING SERVICE OF ANY KIND AS DESCRIBED IN Chapter 1 Safety Before You Begin Section 8 1 Cover management 8 1 0 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min Depends on cover 8 1 0 2 Preliminary requirements 8 1 0 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit Security Torx screw bit 5427920 8 1 0 2 2 Consumables None 8 1 0 2 3 Replacement parts Item Cover Quantity Depends on cover 8 1 0 2 4 Safety None 8 1 0 2 5 Required conditions None Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 149 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 1 1 Side cover removal 1 Loosen the 5 fasteners on the side cover s to be removed See Figure 8 1 2 Remove the side cover s Figure 8 1 Side cover screws left side shown 8 1 2 Top cover removal 1 Remove the side covers See Section 8 1 1 Side cover removal 2 Remove the 3 cap screws from each side of the top cover
41. 177 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 2 Remove the existing super cable Install the three replacement cables Locust to LVLE2 Locust to Caterpillar Locust to Park Latch Install cable ties on the new cables Install the heat shield Doom Install the covers 8 2 3 4 Finalization Perform the following tests Cable Assy Locust to LVLE2 see Table 8 1 Cable Assy Locust to Caterpillar see Table 8 1 Cable Assy Locust to Park Latch see Table 8 1 8 2 4 Spyder to Board Data Module Cable Replacement This is a new replacement cable Part number 5557049 2 replaces the original cable part number 5557049 The new cable is shielded and requires a ground cable connection The original cable did not have these features The original cable is no longer orderable as the new part is a direct replacement in all cases 8 2 4 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 2 4 2 Preliminary requirements 8 2 4 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 2 4 2 2 Consumables None 8 2 4 2 3 Replacement parts Item Shielded cable Quantity 1 each 8 2 4 2 4 Safety 8 2 4 2 5 Required conditions e Remove the right side cover See 8 1 1 Side cover removal on page 150 Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 8 2 4 3 Procedure Page 178 Section 8 2 Cable replacement Remove
42. 19 Docking connector detector side Applies to Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade systems only 8 5 19 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 20 8 5 19 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 19 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit ESD kit Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 259 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 19 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 19 2 3 Replacement parts Item Docking connector detector side Quantity 1 8 5 19 2 4 Safety None 8 5 19 2 5 Required conditions None 8 5 19 3 Procedure 1 Remove the screws 2 from the docking connector at the bottom of the wireless detector See Figure 8 83 E Figure 8 83 Remove detector docking connector 2 Carefully pull the connector from the detector body 3 Disconnect the cable from the connector See Figure 8 84 A Figure 8 84 Unplug detector docking connector 4 Connect the cable to the new connector 5 Attach the new connector to the detector Page 260 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 19 4 Finalization 1 Turn on system power 2 Verify that when the detector is in the storage bin the charge LED in the detector handle is lit 3 Verify that when the detector is in the storage bin the system recognizes the detector
43. 1EN 1 Rotation lock finger 2 Rotation lock assembly Figure 8 172 Rotation lock finger assembly 4 Install the new lock finger The wider end of the lock finger should be on the bottom as shown in Figure 8 172 5 Install the rotation lock assembly and mounting screws on the collimator 6 Install the collimator on the X ray tube See 8 6 9 1 Collimator replacement 7 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 8 6 15 4 Finalization 1 Perform the following functional checks Collimator the detent and 1 collimator rotation checks see Tube column and arm on page 35 2 Perform the following HHS checks Light field to X ray field alignment see 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment on page 117 3 For Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with Digital Upgrade Perform QAP refer to the Installation Manual Chapter 6 Detector checks and QAP Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 379 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Page 380 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Appendix A Printer Configuration Information OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Section A 1 Agfa Drystar 3000 printer parameters Table A 1 Agfa Drystar 3000 printer configuration information
44. 3 Column rotational detent procedure on page 111 2 Perform the following functional checks Drive speed limited when tube not latched see Drive on page 35 Drive reverse only when bumper switch is pressed see Drive on page 35 8 5 36 Digital power supply assembly Applies to Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade systems only 8 5 36 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 20 8 5 36 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 36 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 5 36 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 36 2 3 Replacement parts Item Digital power supply assembly Quantity 1 8 5 36 2 4 Safety None 8 5 36 2 5 Required conditions e Remove the side covers and top cover See 8 1 2 Top cover removal Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 305 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 36 3 Procedure 1 Perform LOTO on the system 2 See Figure 8 113 Locate the power supply assembly Item 1 gt Mem Description 1 Detector power supply assembly 2 System PC 3 Cable connectors Figure 8 113 Detector power supply Disconnect the cables Item 3 from the assembly Remove the mounting nuts at both ends of the assembly then remove the old assembly Install the new power supply assembly and mounting nuts Re connect the cables Install the top cover Install the side covers
45. 3 Front cover removal e Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 263 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 21 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current 1 Locate the aux module 15kW See Figure 8 85 Item Description 1 Aux module 15kW 2 Power module 3 HV Tank 4 Aux module 30kW Figure 8 85 Djinn generator module locations 2 Locate the aux module 30kW if present See Figure 8 85 The aux module 30kW must be removed before the aux module 15kW can be removed 3 Disconnect the cable red black wires from the rear of the aux module 15kW Page 264 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYsTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Remove the aux module 30kW 4 screws see Figure 8 86 and set aside Disconnect all cables 5 or 6 connections depending on configuration from the rear of the module Remove the old module 4 screws 2 on the front 2 on the back See Figure 8 86 Due to space limitations the module must be removed through the rear of the unit Item Description 1 Aux module 30kW mounting screws 3 on front side of panel 2 Aux module 15kW mounting screws 2 on front side of panel 3 Aux mod
46. 35 Cable Assy Detector Park Switch pigtail to Functional Checks Caterpillar interconnect harness Drive speed limited in tethered mode see Drive on page 35 Cable Assy Detector Bin Charge connector Functional Checks to interconnect cable from Surge Assembly Drive speed limited in tethered mode see Drive on page 35 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 165 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table 8 1 Test matrix for cable replacement Cable being replaced Tests that must be performed Cable Assy Spyder Dose Reporting to USB None Bulkhead Handswitch Cable N9 Color Functional Checks e X ray see X ray on page 36 Page 166 Section 8 2 Cable replacement GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 2 2 High voltage cable replacement 8 2 2 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 60 8 2 2 2 Preliminary requirements 8 2 2 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 2 2 2 2 Consumables Cable ties 8 2 2 2 3 Replacement parts Item HV cable s Quantity 1 or 2 8 2 2 2 4 Safety None 8 2 2 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the front covers See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Remove the front bin See 8 1 4 Front bin removal e Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter
47. 4 4 Finalization None required Note If the system reports a BDM Mismatch error detected with 2 selections RESTORE and CANCEL make sure you select CANCEL to have the Spyder upload the correct contents to the Board Data Module Failure to do so will result in erratic or failed system functionality Recovery requires a complete firmware download and system calibrations Section 8 3 Software Load From Cold See Chapter 3 System data and software on page 43 Page 180 Section 8 3 Software Load From Cold GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Section 8 4 Base assembly 8 4 1 Drive wheel 8 4 1 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 or 2 Timing min 30 8 4 1 2 Preliminary requirements 8 4 1 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 3 2 x 4 inch wood blocks or equivalent 1 3 ft to 4 ft 1 0 to 1 2 m wood lever or equivalent Lever to be construction grade or better with no splits bowing and free from knots 8 4 1 2 2 Consumables Loctite 242 GE part 46 170686P2 or equivalent 8 4 1 2 3 Replacement parts Item Drive wheel Quantity 1 8 4 1 2 4 Safety PPE Gloves PPE Kneeling pad pi TIPPING HAZARD TIPPING THE POTENTIAL FOR SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH EXISTS ENSURE WORK AREA IS FREE AND CLEAR OF ANY PERSONS OR OBJECTS WITHIN A 3 METER RANGE OF THE SYSTEM 8 4 1 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side cover for the wh
48. 8 34 Battery compartment covers Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 187 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 2 See Figure 8 35 On the Cricket battery board loosen the connector screws on the J1 J2 left side and the J3 J4 power connectors Item 1 right side then unplug the cables Item Description 1 Battery power connectors J3 J4 2 Battery sensing connectors J13 J14 Figure 8 35 Battery connectors right side shown 3 On the Cricket battery board unplug the cables from the sensing connectors J11 J12 left side and J13 J14 Item 2 right side 4 On each side remove the top battery and then the bottom battery from the battery compartment 5 Install the new batteries in the battery compartment 6 Route the power and sensing cables through the cutouts in the chassis and plug them into the Cricket battery board the upper battery cables go to the upper connectors on the Cricket battery board Tighten down the connector screws for J1 J2 J3 J4 connectors 7 Install the battery compartment covers The tabs in the covers are intended to hold the batteries in the proper location and should be positioned towards the front of the unit If the covers will not fit correctly reposition the batteries to provide proper clearance If the cover holes do not line up properly rotate the cover 180 degrees it is upside down 8 Remove LO
49. 8 6 14 Collimator lamp 8 6 14 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 6 14 2 Preliminary requirements 8 6 14 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 6 14 2 2 Consumables Loctite 242 GE part 46 170686P2 or equivalent 8 6 14 2 3 Replacement parts Item Collimator lamp Quantity 1 8 6 14 2 4 Safety None 8 6 14 2 5 Required conditions Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 373 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5336122 1EN REVISION 12 8 6 14 3 Procedure 1 Rotate the tube and make the tube flange s axis perpendicular to the ground with the bottom of the collimator facing upward A LEAD HAZARD Do not touch the interior of the rear collimator cover without gloves 2 Remove the four screws on the rear collimator cover then remove the cover See Figure 8 168 LLLI Item Description 1 Screws Figure 8 168 Rear cover removal 3 Unplug the defective collimator lamp 4 Make sure the screws which hold the lamp mask are tight NOTICE POTENTIAL DAMAGE TO LAMP When holding the new lamp operator must wear clean cotton gloves 5 Insert a new lamp in the lamp socket 6 Make sure the filament of the new lamp is in the middle of the window on the lamp mask at lateral orientation 7 Mount the rear cover of the collimat
50. 9102 11 x 14 2 1 P 9103 11 x 14 2 2 P 9104 11x 14 1 1 L 9018 11 x 14 1 2 L 9202 11x 14 2 1 L 9203 11 x 14 2 2 L 9204 8x10 1 1 P 9006 8 x 10 1 2 R 9009 8x10 2 1 B 9008 8x10 2 2 P 9010 8x10 1 1 L 9007 8x10 1 2 L 9012 8x10 2 1 L 9011 8x10 2 2 L 9013 Printer configuration Page 383 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Section A 2 Agfa Drystar 5500 printer parameters Table A 3 Agfa Drystar 5500 printer configuration information Tab Attribute Value Comments DICOM Printer Label DRYSTAR5500 Or customer preference Application Entry Title Enter value given by site AE titles may be site network administrator specific check with site Network Address Enter value given by site network administrator Port Number 104 Port number may be site specific check with site Pixel Depth 12 Printer Pixel Size micron 55 0 Printer Configuration Information LUT 0 0 Density Min 20 Max 300 Magnification Type CUBIC Smooth Factor 140 Trim NO Polarity NORMAL Border Density BLACK Empty Image Density BLACK Printer Memory Size 40Mbyte Select the desired layouts 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 allowed for this printer Layouts Slide formats Not applicable Not supported do not select Page 384 Printer configuration GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Table A 3 Agfa Drystar 5500 printer configuration info
51. GE Rejection limit 0 80 mGy hr at 1m from focal spot 125kV 250mAs This rating is applicable at the Long Term Maximum Input Power rating Multiply the measured leakage of each 125 kV 250 mAs exposure in mGy by 6 9 to determine the leakage radiation of each exposure at this power level Repeat measurements as needed one exposure at different locations each at 1 meter from the focal spot See Figure 7 20 and Figure 7 21 It is also recommended that 520 seconds between exposures is observed for tube thermal considerations These readings are not cumulative Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 145 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN The integration value IV hr is determined with the following formula 3600 sec hour x Continuous mA desired mAs Integration Value IV hr 3600 sec hour x 0 48 mA 250 mAs 6 912 hr Calculate the Leakage reading by the following formula Integrated Leakage Reading Measured dose x IV hr Integrated Leakage Reading Measured dose x 6 9 Test lonization Chamber CATHODE LIN 3 mm lead Collimator if sheilding Collimator acai Spot Blades Tube Port Closed Figure 7 20 Test tool setup Figure 7 20 illustrates the positioning of the test tool ionization chamber in 2 dimensions only Ensure the ionization chamber is perpendicular to the source in each dimension for accurate readings The testing para
52. LOTO on page 26 8 6 9 1 8 Procedure DIRECTION 5336122 1EN See Figure 8 156 Collimator dismounting consists of disconnecting the collimator cable opening the back covers of the suspending lock sets unlocking the suspending lock sets pulling out the rotation lock finger and lifting the collimator off of the interface ring Item Description Handle SID tape Rotation lock handle Suspending lock set 3 used Knob Oo Lamp switch Figure 8 156 Installation and removal 1 Lock the vertical carriage See 8 6 1 Engaging vertical lock Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 359 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 2 SeeFigure 8 157 Disconnect the collimator cable from the Thorax bulkhead J4 J5 and ground Figure 8 157 Collimator cable Thorax bulkhead J4 J5 Gnd 3 Remove the HV cable clamp mounting screws See Figure 8 158 Item Description _ 1 HV cable clamp mounting screws 2 Figure 8 158 HV cable clamp mounting screws 4 Remove the clamp from the HV cable bundle See Figure 8 159 Page 360 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Figure 8 159 HV cable clamp 5 Follow the collimator cable back through the cable drape At each existing cable tie
53. MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN See Figure 8 151 Remove the mounting screws Item 1 and cable bracket Item 2 from the old yoke Item 3 and install them on the new yoke Torque to 0 8 N m 0 6 Ib ft no thread locker is used Item Description 1 Mounting screws 2 Cable bracket 3 Yoke Figure 8 151 Yoke 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Install the new yoke Install and tighten the eight tube mount screws Torque to 13 2 N m 9 7 Ib ft no thread locker is used Tip the front of the X ray tube assembly upward and slide the assembly into the horizontal arm Install the X ray tube and yoke assembly Apply thread locker Loctite 271 or equivalent and torque the 3 fasteners as follows Single top fastener 26 8 N m 19 9 Ib ft Two bottom fasteners 13 3 N m 9 8 Ib ft Route and connect the rotor cable to the generator Install the collimator Route and connect the collimator cable to the Thorax bulkhead J4 and J5 connectors and chassis ground Insert the HV cables into the X ray tube HV wells and tighten the mounting rings Make sure that the cable markings Tube Anode or Tube Cathode match up with the X ray tube marking Anode or Cathode See Figure 8 21 Figure 8 22 and Figure 8 23 for cable routing at the rear of the X ray tube if necessary Replace the cable ties and secure the cable drape Examine the steel cables at the top of the column to ensure proper tension h
54. MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Zero adjustment completed Figure 7 12 Tester during and after zero adjustment Page 136 Section 7 2 Testing electrical safety GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL 7 2 1 5 Taking ground measurements oN Turn off system power and main circuit breaker Connect cable A to the grounding pin on the electrical plug Connect cable B to the first measurement point listed in Table 7 20 On the tester press the green START button DIRECTION 5336122 1EN The orange indicator is displayed the Test Current display value quickly increases from 0 0 to the preset output current 25 0 A or 30 0 A and the timer value decreases from 5 0 seconds to 0 0 seconds If the test passes the green Pass indicator is displayed Record the displayed resistance value in Table 7 20 5 Press Stop 6 Move cable B to the next measurement Table 7 20 then repeat steps 4 and 5 The voltage must not exceed 2 5 V 0 1 ohms Component Measurement point Measured resistance Tube endcap screws or HV cable nuts Tube See Figure 7 13 Collimator Skin guards See Figure 7 14 Column Scroll support rivets See Figure 7 15 Bin Inside hinge screws of accessory access cover See Figure 7 16 Tube latch Tube latch on top cover See Figure 7 17 Table 7 20 Ground measurement test points Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 137 GE HEALTHCARE
55. Mounting screws 12 used 2 Drive handle Figure 8 93 Drive handle assembly 4 3 0 0 x9 Remove the old drive handle assembly Guide the cable connectors through the access opening in the chassis Install the new drive handle assembly Guide the cable connectors through the access opening in the chassis Connect the cables to the Locust board J4 and J7 Install new cable ties to hold the cables in place Install the rear bin Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the top cover Install the side covers 8 5 25 4 Finalization 1 2 Perform the following calibrations Drive handle see 5 6 1 Drive handle calibration on page 94 Perform the following functional checks Drive see Drive on page 35 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 275 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 26 Mantis power supply 8 5 26 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 26 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 26 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 5 26 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 26 2 3 Replacement parts Item Mantis power supply Quantity 1 8 5 26 2 4 Safety None 8 5 26 2 5 Required conditions Remove the left side cover See 8 1 1 Side cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Page 276 Section 8 5
56. OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Column Inner Sleeve Column Mounting Bolt hole Eccentric Stud 2 3 4 Rotational Detent Arm spring loaded 5 Base of Thorax Figure 8 47 Parts Description topside 2 Disconnect the Spring Applied Brake electrical connection and feed cable to bottom side of base assembly See Figure 8 46 3 See Figure 8 46 and Figure 8 48 Locate the Column Mount Trap Spacer Bracket on the underside of the system Remove the two lower nuts and two cap head screws Then remove the Column Mount Trap Spacer Bracket Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 205 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 gt OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Figure 8 48 Column Mount Trap Spacer Bracket HEAVY WEIGHT THE COLUMN SUPPORT ASSEMBLY WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 25LBS 11 3KG AND COULD CAUSE INJURY IT IF FALLS ON YOUR BODY USE APPROPRIATE TOOLS TO LOWER THE ASSEMBLY IF NEEDED 4 See Figure 8 49 From the underside of the system remove the four nuts holding the Column Support Assembly Do not remove the Eccentric Stud Nut used on the Rotational Detent Arm Note you will need to support the weight of the Column Support Assembly while removing these nuts to prevent the assembly from falling You may also consider leaving some of the nuts partially threaded to hold the Column Support Assembly up while pe
57. OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Figure 7 14 Collimator test points Page 138 Section 7 2 Testing electrical safety GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Figure 7 16 Rear bin accessory access cover test point Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 139 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Figure 7 17 Tube latch test point Page 140 Section 7 2 Testing electrical safety GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL 7 2 2 Performing leakage current testing DIRECTION 5336122 1EN If ground testing is required for this system verify that the ground testing results see Table 7 20 are 0 1 Ohms before conducting leakage testing Leakage testing must be performed if the AC power plug has been replaced or disturbed The leakage current must not exceed 300 uA Before you begin verify these steps 1 Complete ground testing if required see 7 2 1 Performing ground resistance testing on page 131 Ensure that all system covers are installed 3 Obtain a Dale 601 601E test meter or equivalent Perform leakage testing under the five specific conditions outlined in Table 7 21 Condition Power Section reference outlet 1 Off Normal No 7 2 2 1 Condition 1 Power off normal outlet X ray off
58. Optima XR200amx with Digital Upgrade Perform QAP refer to the Installation Manual Chapter 6 Detector checks and QAP 8 6 7 Tube yoke assembly 8 6 7 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 120 Page 348 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 7 2 Preliminary requirements 8 6 7 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 6 7 2 2 Consumables Cable ties e Loctite 271 GE part 46 170684P1 or equivalent e HV Tube Grease GE part 46 125224P3 Silicon Grease or equivalent 8 6 7 2 3 Replacement parts Item Tube yoke assembly Quantity 1 8 6 7 2 4 Safety column vertical lock must be engaged before any weight i e horizontal arm X ray tube collimator is removed from the vertical carriage 8 6 7 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and front covers See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 e Remove the collimator See 8 6 9 Collimator Remove the tube covers See 8 1 7 Tube head cover removal Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 349 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 7 3 Procedure 1 Position the unit next to a work surface that can safely support the X ray tube yoke assembly Lock the vertical carriage See 8 6 1 Eng
59. Page 40 Section 2 4 Planned maintenance procedures GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 2 4 3 7 HHS tests US only or as required by local regulations Requirements are pass or fail Service is required if any requirement has failed Table 2 5 HHS tests Inspect Requirement Time Est 1 Generator operator indicators for proper operation of tones and buzzers as 10 min required by regulations See 7 1 6 Testing generator operator indicators on page 131 Technique accuracy kVp See 7 1 4 2 Testing kVp accuracy on page 122 25 min Technique accuracy mAs See 7 1 4 3 Testing mAs accuracy on page 124 30 min Linearity See 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of 40 min exposure on page 127 5 Reproducibility of exposures See 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of 40 min exposure on page 127 6 Collimator alignment See 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment on 30 min page 117 Collimator light field intensity 7 1 3 1 Testing light intensity on page 116 15 min Collimator field size indicator 7 1 3 3 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima 30 min accuracy XR200amx on page 120 or 7 1 3 4 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade on page 121 9 Beam quality half value layer See 7 1 5 1 Measuring half value layer HVL on 30 min page
60. SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Light field to X ray field alignment see 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment on page 117 4 For Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with Digital Upgrade Perform QAP refer to the Installation Manual Chapter 6 Detector checks and QAP 8 6 3 Horizontal arm assembly 8 6 3 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 120 8 6 3 2 Preliminary requirements 8 6 3 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 6 3 2 2 Consumables e Loctite 271 GE part 46 170684P1 or equivalent HV Tube Grease GE part 46 125224P3 Silicon Grease or equivalent Cable ties 8 6 3 2 3 Replacement parts Item Horizontal arm assembly Quantity 1 8 6 3 2 4 Safety e The column vertical lock must be engaged before any weight i e horizontal arm X ray tube collimator is removed from the vertical carriage 8 6 3 2 5 Required conditions Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 8 6 3 3 Procedure Lock the vertical carriage See 8 6 1 Engaging vertical lock Remove the collimator See 8 6 9 1 Collimator replacement Remove the tube covers See 8 1 7 Tube head cover removal Lightly mark the positions of all cable clamps and cable ties on the side of the existing cables then cut and remove the cable ties 5 SeeFigure 8 134 Remove the cable clamp Item 1 from the side of the horizontal arm Item 2 moo dec Chapter 8 Rep
61. See 8 2 2 High voltage cable replacementon X ray Dose report see X ray on page 36 page 167 for the correct cable bundle arrangement for the HV cable clamp Cable Assy Spyder to Hornet HHS Checks Generator operator indicators see 7 1 6 Testing generator operator indicators on page 131 Cable Assy Spyder to Locust Functional Checks Drive see Drive on page 35 Cable Assy Spyder to Djinn Functional Checks e X ray see X ray on page 36 Cable Assy Spyder to LVLE2 Functional Checks Charging see Charging on page 35 Drive see Drive on page 35 e X ray see X ray on page 36 Light field buttons see Collimator on page 34 Cable Assy Spyder to Firefly Functional Checks Charging see Charging on page 35 Cable Assy Spyder to Wired Handswitch Functional Checks e X ray see X ray on page 36 Cable Assy LVLE2 to Firefly Functional Checks there are 2 separate cables Charging see Charging on page 35 Cable Assy Locust to LVLE2 Functional Checks Charging see Charging on page 35 Drive see Drive on page 35 e X ray see X ray on page 36 Light field buttons see Collimator on page 34 Cable Assy LVLE2 to Djinn Functional Checks e X ray see X ray page 36 Cable Assy LVLE2 to DPM PC Functional Checks e X ray see X ray on page 36 ensure images are created Cable Assy Locust to Caterpillar Functional Checks there are 2 separ
62. The acceptable FOV range is as follows X 280mm to 120 mm Yz80mm to 120 mm Make and record these measurements in millimeters The DAP calibration utility will accept only metric values 4 Replace the imaging receptor with the Dose meter probe a Using the field light place the probe in the center of the FOV at the same plane as the imaging receptor Do not disturb the SID from this point on Failure to follow this instruction can result in grossly inaccurate Dose Value reporting during clinical system usage 5 Launch the DAP calibration utility as follows papo On the Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button ss On the Utilities desktop press the Service LAUNCH button On the SUIF home page press the CALIBRATION tab button On the calibration page in the left folder tree press HARDWARE CALIBRATION In the left navigation frame press HARDWARE and select DAP CALIBRATION 6 Follow the On Screen instructions Notes Only valid X and Y values entered in millimeters will be accepted Configure your dose meter to measure in either milli Roentgen mR or micro Grays uGy Select the appropriate unit of measure in the DAP calibration utility and enter the measured value when prompted A test meter dose reading of approximately 230mR is typical However it is dependent upon the actual FOV SID KV mAs The system will present results in uGy units Page 96 Section 5 6 Hardware cali
63. XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Publication Conventions General Paragraph and Character Styles Prefixes are used to highlight important non safety related information Paragraph prefixes such as Purpose Example Comment or Note are used to identify important but non safety related information Text styles are also applied to text within each paragraph modified by the specific prefix EXAMPLES OF PREFIXES USED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION Purpose Introduces and provides meaning as to the information contained within the chapter section or subsection such as used at the beginning this chapter for example Note Conveys information that should be considered important to the reader Example Used to make the reader aware that the paragraph s that follow are examples of information possibly stated previously Comment Represents additional information that may or may not be relevant to your situation Page Layout Publication Part Number amp Revision Number Publication Title rene suna aem Serene Serom Mon od c ty pusng me amos mege J ree 9 ovi ide vd P Uv Indo pono d un e bara Hh 10 Garey 32 4 Pomon Intercom X Board ZEUS REMOTE INTERCOM X 46 250763 G1 C The current section and its are always shown in the footer of the left even page An exclamation point in a triangl
64. XR200AMX XR220AMX SYsTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Transport products in static safe containers to avoid hand contact Protect all electrostatic parts and assemblies with conductive or approved containers or packaging Keep electrostatic sensitive parts in their containers until they arrive at static free stations Place items grounded surface before removing them from their container e When handling or touching a sensitive component or assembly ground yourself by touching the chassis Avoid contact with pins leads or circuitry Place reusable electrostatic sensitive parts from assemblies in protective packaging or conductive foam 1 3 3 Personal grounding methods and equipment WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD This section defines a workzone that is not connected to the system under service The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures Use the following equipment to prevent static electricity damage to equipment Wrist straps are flexible straps with a maximum of one megohm 10 resistance in the ground cords To provide a proper ground wear the strap against bare skin The ground cord must connect snugly into the banana plug connector on the grounding mat or workstation Heel toe and boot straps can be used at standing workstations and are compatible with most types of shoe
65. XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 24 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current 1 Locate the module See Figure 8 85 2 Disconnect the cable red black wires from the rear of the aux module 15kW 3 Remove the old module 3 screws See Figure 8 91 Item Description 1 Aux module 30kW mounting screws 3 on front side of panel Figure 8 91 Aux module 30kW mounting screws Install the new module Connect the cable red black wires to the rear of the aux module 15kW Install the rear bin Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the front covers Install the side covers 8 5 24 4 Finalization Perform the following HHS checks kV accuracy see 7 1 4 2 Testing kVp accuracy on page 122 mAs Accuracy see 7 1 4 3 Testing mAs accuracy on page 124 Reproducability see 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure on Page 272 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN page 127 Linearity see 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure on page 127 8 5 25 Drive handle assembly 8 5 25 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 45 8 5 25 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 25 2 1 Tools and
66. XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 9 Disconnect the two green battery power connectors J1 and J2 and the two sense connectors J11 and J12 from the Cricket board Apply a locking device then apply your personal red lock and tag See Figure 1 6 Item Description 1 Battery power connectors J1 J2 2 Battery sense connectors J11 J12 Figure 1 6 Battery connectors J1 J2 J11 J12 and locking device 10 Press the power button and verify that the system does not turn on 11 Verify that the voltage meter is working properly by testing it on a known live voltage source such as a wall outlet Page 28 Section 1 2 Lock Out Tag Out LOTO procedure for electrical power GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 12 SeeFigure 1 7 Verify that electrical power has been removed from the system by applying the DC voltmeter lead to connector J5 pin 1 Item 1 left side screw terminal on the Cricket board and the meter lead to chassis ground Item 2 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Connect DC voltmeter to J5 pin 1 left side screw terminal 2 Connect DC voltmeter to chassis ground Figure 1 7 Cricket board test points 9 ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD IF THE SYSTEM CANNOT BE LOCKED OUT OR IF THE SYSTEM FAILS VERIFICATION CONTACT YOUR SUPERVISOR 13 Perform the necessary service or repair
67. and patient files and back up calibration and configuration data if possible Installing software can destroy existing files including patient calibration and configuration files Avoid reconfiguring and recalibrating the system and ensure data protection by periodically performing a system backup Always perform a system backup before performing a system software load or upgrade 3 2 1 Loading or upgrading system software 3 2 1 1 Before you begin Use these procedures to re install or upgrade the complete system software The following procedures install both the operating system and application software on the Host PC To re install the software takes approximately 15 minutes NOTICE A POTENTIAL FOR DATA LOSS Pay particular attention to the instruction for system reboot in the following procedure It is important to cycle power according to the specified procedure Cycling power at the wrong time or by the wrong method can corrupt the system s operating system 3 2 1 2 Installing the operating system To upgrade the PC with new operating system see Section 3 2 1 2 1 To load the operating system on a PC for the first time see Section 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 Upgrading PC with new software 1 Verify that the system power is on 2 Connect the service keyboard and external CD DVD drive to the USB ports on the left side 3 Save the needed files from the system such as Patient images Calibration and configuration data S
68. c oe rt RR Uds 252 Detector bin park switch nnne 253 Detector charge cable 255 Detector bin shock absorber ssssssssssssssssseeeeeee rennen enne 257 Docking connector detector enn 259 Beetle Djinn setof cables nnn 261 Djinn 15kW Auxiliary module 263 Djinn power module 5 iet oie tette ete e tee amen 266 Djinn EIV tank zat edo tema aint 268 Djinn 30kW auxiliary module sss nmm 271 Drive handle assembly 0 2 273 Mantis power supply 276 I hil E 278 Page 20 Table of Contents GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 28 dote t a da Dir Mata cisci did etes 281 9 5 29 Power reel zc iore iA CI CREE ERE EORR 284 8 5 30 AG POWER plug ottiene rette ento er eet Re rien ente Geet at 286 8 5 3 1 AC fuse hold6r s iE p ee eoe iu 289 8 5 32 1 5 8 r 291 8 5 33 Power switch assembly eee 294 8 5 34 Overlay board assembly sssssssssssssssse enne enne 297 8 5 35 Tube park latch assembly swit
69. collimator GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 6 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN See Figure 8 144 Remove the three tube yoke mounting screws Item 1 from the horizontal arm Item 2 Item Description 1 Tube yoke mounting screws 3 used 2 Horizontal arm 3 X ray tube yoke assembly Figure 8 144 X ray tube mount 7 Tip the front of the X ray tube assembly upward and slide the assembly out of the horizontal arm Set the assembly on the work surface Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 341 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 SeeFigure 8 145 Remove the four end cap mounting screws Item 1 from the cathode end cap Item 2 O Note 1 Do NOT loosen or disturb the screws in this location These are non servicable items and require specialized fixtures for proper assembly This applies to both the cathode and anode sides Item Description 1 End cap mounting screws 4 used on each end cap Cathode end cap and tube mount Anode end cap and tube mount X ray tube Yoke Tube mount screws 4 used on each side New version length 20 mm 0 78 in used in Step 12 Figure 8 145 X ray tube mount 9 Remove the four tube mount screws Item 6 from the yoke Item 5 10 Remove the catho
70. davatelja usluge operatera ili pacijenta uslijed strujnog udara mehani kih ili drugih rizika VYSTRAHA Tento provozn n vod existuje pouze v anglick m jazyce CS e V p pad Ze extern slu ba z kazn k m pot ebuje n vod v jin m jazyce je zaji t n p ekladu do odpov daj c ho jazyka kolem z kazn ka Nesna te se o dr bu tohoto za zen ani byste si p e etli tento provozn n vod a pochopili jeho obsah V p pad nedodr ov n t to v strahy m e doj t k poran n pracovn ka prodejn ho servisu obslu n ho person lu nebo pacient vlivem elektrick ho proudu respektive vlivem mechanick ch i jin ch rizik ADVARSEL Denne servicemanual findes kun p engelsk DA Hvis en kundes tekniker har brug for et andet sprog end engelsk er det kundens ansvar at s rge for overs ttelse Fors g ikke at servicere udstyret uden at l se og forst denne servicemanual Manglende overholdelse af denne advarsel kan medf re skade p grund af elektrisk st d mekanisk eller anden fare for teknikeren operat ren eller patienten Preface Page 3 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 WAARSCHUWING NL HOIATUS ET VAROITUS FI ATTENTION FR WARNUNG DE EL FIGYELMEZTETES HU ADVORUN IS OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Deze onderhoudshandleiding is enkel in het Engels verkrijgbaar Als het onderhoudspersoneel een an
71. different paragraph and character styles are used to indicated potential hazards Paragraph prefixes such as hazard caution danger and warning are used to identify important safety information Text Hazard styles are applied to the paragraph contents that are applicable to each specific safety statement Hazard Messages Any action that will could or potentially cause personal injury will be preceded by the safety alert symbol and an appropriate signal word The safety alert symbol is the triangle with an exclamation mark within it It Is always used next to the signal word to indicate the severity of the hazard Together they are used to indicate a hazard exists Signal words describe the severity of possible human injures that may be encountered The alert symbol and signal word are placed immediately before any paragraph they affect Safety information includes 1 Signal Word The seriousness level of the hazard 2 Symbol or Pictorial The consequence of interaction with the hazard 3 Word Message a The nature of the hazard i e the type of hazard b How to avoid the hazard The safety alert symbol is not used when an action can only cause equipment damage Text Format of Signal Words DANGER INDICATES AN IMMINENTLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH IF NOT AVOIDED WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY THIS SIGNAL WORD IS LIMITED TO THE MOST EXTREME SITUATIONS WARNING INDICATES A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH I
72. down list on the image or through hanging protocols 3 Record the results in Table 5 4 see 5 7 4 PACS image comparison results on page 103 5 7 3 4 Checking for image saturation 1 Open PACS test image 1 2 Check that the clinical chest area appears with no saturation in the lung or abdomen region 3 Record the results in Table 5 4 5 7 3 5 Testing reduced dynamic range with Burn on Send The Burn on Send configuration causes a reduced dynamic range in the image if you change the window level of the image on the PACS 1 Open PACS test image 6 2 Change the window level on the PACS to attempt to see the five squares in all twelve bands Start by changing the WC value to 0 and the WW value to 500 the appropriate values may vary among different PACS workstations Page 102 Section 5 7 PACS image tests GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN The loss of dynamic range is most common in the top dark band If reduced dynamic range occurs the five squares will not be visible in the top dark band band 1 3 Record the results in Table 5 4 5 7 4 PACS image comparison results Use the values in Table 5 4 to quantitatively compare images For example to determine if a PACS supports GE VOI LUTs compare PACS test images 1 and 6 If the number of distinct bands and visible squares are equal then the PACS correctly supports VOI LUTs Tests Results WC DIC
73. e Standard tool kit 8 5 31 2 2 Consumables 8 5 31 2 3 Replacement parts Item AC fuse holder Quantity As required 8 5 31 2 4 Safety None 8 5 31 2 5 Required conditions Remove the left side cover See 8 1 1 Side cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 289 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 31 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current 1 See Figure 8 101 Locate the fuse holder assembly Item 1 Item Description 1 Fuse holder assembly 2 Mounting screws Figure 8 101 AC fuse holder assembly 2 Remove the 2 screws Item 2 and remove the fuse holder assembly from the chassis Page 290 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 3 See Figure 8 102 Remove the 2 wires from the fuse holder Item 2 that is being replaced Item Description 1 Fuse holder assembly Fuse holders 2 3 Nut and washer 4 Wires from cord reel MUST connect to these terminals Figure 8 102 AC fuse holders 4 Remove the nut and washer Item 3 from the rear of the fuse holder 5 Remove the old fuse holder and replace with the new
74. eta fric bett tec d em dedere Magda 214 Rear bin mounting bracket Optima XR200amx 217 Motor brake and motor reducer assembly 219 Caterpillar base transition board 222 9 5 Thorax assembly diei lac ie te eee cerei RITU En EE 224 Spyder system controller escini er i i a nnn 224 eka PI o et e ERR ee 226 Locust drive board 227 Firefly charger board nnn nnn d denne 229 Firefly board TUSE Sniadania ii mede ev ee deed d d a ee d dd s 231 Cricket battery board ete dide pd ett omes i d eda 233 Cricket board f ses cere eee din eee aane de i 235 Hornet UIF board oet Be i a tet Di petenti oodd 237 Drive login active board collector ssess mnn 239 Top cover or display amp inverter 241 Board data module sssssssssssssssssssesee eene eret nnne 245 System udorM C 247 Wireless USB host radio board sssssssssssssse eee 249 Whip antetina ca nsi in Re edm Ee ecc Ene e bed are iain 250 Digital detector reed i
75. examined at time of delivery If damage is apparent have notation damage in shipment written on all copies of the freight or express bill before delivery is accepted or signed for by a General Electric representative or a hospital receiving agent Whether noted or concealed damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery or in any event within 14 days after receipt and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier A transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period To file a report call 1 800 548 3366 Select the option for Install Support Services for FOA and MIS Contact your local service coordinator for more information on this process CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT All electrical installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors In addition electrical feeds into the Power Distribution Unit shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment calibrations and testing shall be performed by qualified GE Healthcare personnel The products involved and the accompanying electrical installations are highly sophisticated and special engineering competence is required In performing all electrical work on these products GE will use its own specially trained fi
76. fuse holder 6 Install the washer and nut gt l ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Wires from the cord reel MUST be connected to the center rear terminals on the fuse holders 7 Connectthe 2 wires to the fuse holder The wire coming from the cord reel MUST be connected to the center rear terminal Item 4 on the fuse holder 8 Install the fuse holder assembly on the chassis 9 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 10 Install the left side cover 8 5 31 4 Finalization Perform the following HHS checks Grounding see 7 2 1 Performing ground resistance testing on page 131 Leakage see 7 2 2 Performing leakage current testing on page 141 8 5 32 AC fuses 8 5 32 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 10 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 291 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 32 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 32 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 5 32 2 2 Consumables 8 5 32 2 3 Replacement parts Item AC fuse Quantity 1 8 5 32 2 4 Safety None 8 5 32 2 5 Required conditions Remove the left side cover See 8 1 1 Side cover removal e Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 8 5 32 3 Procedure A S ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal cur
77. images regardless of the source A transfer of electrostatic charge between objects at different potentials caused by direct contact or induced by an electrostatic field Electrostatic discharge Field programmable gate array Programmed by the CPU core after a reset and handles all the exposure control logic including the system interface real time lines Field replaceable unit Spare part This is a defined and GE sanctioned assembly or component specifically designated as replaceable outside GE s controlled manufacturing or repair facilities General Electric Healthcare United States Department of Health and Human Services HHS is often used to refer to the specific testing procedures defined in 21CFR regulations High voltage Lateral Load from cold Complete software load Longitudinal Lock out tag out Process defined by GEHC to ensure the safety of employees specifically the process of energy control for service activities of GE products Lower specification limit Page 405 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 LUT MAINS OLC OS POS PWA RAD SID SPGP SUIF TORQUE UIF USL OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Look up table Hospital supplied AC power On Line Center GE Healthcare department that provides support to field service personnel Operating system Positioner Printed wire board Synonymous with printed circuit board PCB Radiography
78. labelling lt 1 min etc PC See 2 4 3 2 Clean PC cooling vents on page 39 20 min Barcode reader See 2 4 3 5 Clean barcode reader window if applicable Optima 2 min optional for Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade only on page 40 XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade only Detector bin Remove debris from bin 5 min Optima XR220amx Inspect detector charging connector for damage or mis alignment and Optima Inspect detector docking switch for damage or mis alignment XR200amx with EE Inspect bin shock absorbers for proper operation and adjustment digital upgrade only Table 2 4 Calibration Component Procedure Time Est Touchscreen e Section 5 2 Touchscreen calibration on page 89 5 min DAP calibration See 5 6 3 DAP calibration on page 94 30 min QAP Perform QAP test See the Optima XR200amx XR220amx Installation 10 min Manual Chapter 6 Detector checks and QAP Backup Perform backup of system files See 3 1 2 Performing a system backup on 15 min page 43 Chapter 2 Planned Maintenance Page 37 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 2 4 3 1 Test the thermal overload interlock 1 Power off the system 2 Remove the left side cover and let front cover See the System manual Replacement Procedures Front cover removal 3 At the front of the unit to the left of the main circuit breaker l
79. mark the location of the cable tie on an adjacent cable then cut and remove the cable tie 6 Rotate the X ray tube collimator assembly 180 degrees the bottom of the collimator faces upward Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 361 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 7 See Figure 8 160 Use a hex wrench to remove the screws and the back cover Item 1 of the suspending lock set Repeat this step on all three back covers Suspending lock set cover 1 2 Suspending lock finger 3 X ray tube 4 Collimator Figure 8 160 Suspending lock 8 SeeFigure 8 161 Pull out the three suspending lock fingers Item 1 Use a small allen wrench Item 2 to hook the center of the lock finger screw and pull it straight outward until it locks into the extended position 1 Suspending lock finger 2 Allen wench Figure 8 161 Suspending lock Page 362 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 LA CAUTION A CAUTION S NOTICE A OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 9 Rotate the handle of the rotation lock set counterclockwise until the lock finger cannot be rotated any more LEAD HAZARD e Do not touch lead cone or filter by hand without gloves Do not let the lead cone touch anything during the collimator installation and remov
80. not work well Note the order in which the hardware is placed on the cap screws See Figure 8 125 Page 320 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN e Figure 8 125 4 Remove the cap screws collars and washers from the old carriage Save these parts to use on the new carriage 5 Mark the location of existing cables ties and then remove cable ties as necessary to free the column of any cable restraints or obstructions Note Temporary cable ties can be used to mark the location of the old ties they also help to hold the relative position of the cables to each other when the old ties are removed These ties are temporary and will be removed during reassembly 6 Remove the collimator See 8 6 9 1 Collimator replacement Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 321 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 7 Remove the X ray tube See 8 6 8 Toshiba X ray tube 8 Remove the horizontal arm See 8 6 3 Horizontal arm assembly 9 See Figure 8 126 Remove the cable bracket Item 1 from the side of the column Item Description 1 Column cable bracket 2 Column Figure 8 126 Column cable bracket 10 Remove the front bin See 8 1 4 Front bin removal 11 Remove the bottom portion of the cable clamp See Figure 8 127 Figur
81. on page 26 Tube arm must be in the latched position TIPPING HAZARD FAILURE TO LATCH THE TUBE ARM WILL RESULT IN A CHANGE OF THE CENTER OF GRAVITY OF THE SYSTEM THIS CAN RESULT IN UNCONTROLLED LIFT AND TIPPING OF THE SYSTEM Page 196 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 4 3 Procedure 1 A fulcrum and lever will be used to create a controlled lift of the system See Figure 8 40 for the dimensional representation 4 inches from vertical face of battery box Lever Figure 8 40 Lever and fulcrum locations Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 197 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Note For system stability the position of the support block is important The support point must be close to the caster to be replaced See Figure 8 41 Support Block Position Front Caster 23 Replacement Figure 8 41 Front caster lift and support The following steps are a generic representation of how to lift the system Ensure the fulcrum lever and support blocks are positioned correctly for the caster being replaced 2 Prepare the two 2 x 4 inch blocks Secure them together using tape or screws Screws have been used in these examples Page 198 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANU
82. press the UTILITIES tab button Next to Network Connections press EDIT Select the appropriate network host and press EDIT On the Preferences tab check Apply Burn on Send to images when sending to this network host In the Images list highlight PACS Test Image 6 In the Destination icon list press the appropriate PACS network host 5 7 2 5 Reviewing images on PACS 1 PON On the PACS review workstation display PACS test images 1 and 6 To identify an image look in the chest image region for the watermark image number next to the GE logo Verify that image 1 is displayed with a Value of Interest Look Up Table VOI LUT Verify that image 6 is displayed with a Linear Look Up Table Linear LUT Compare PACS Test Images 1 and 6 and note the following items a number of distinct bright and dark bands based on the band intensity b The number of squares visible in each band Count bands that have distinct gray levels not simply the number of bands with visible squares For example in Figure 5 4 there are two squares in band 4 three squares in band 5 and three squares in band 11 There are three distinct dark bands and six distinct bright bands This is because the top three dark bands are indistinguishable Distinct Squares bands visible 0 4 x x 4 0 E 2 71 g G L 7 308 Q 3 2 o o T m 2 3 uM SS crum L se 4 ia 1 5 B in
83. ray tube must be positioned at 120 cm SID full FOV beam centered on the detector for this calibration Page 92 Section 5 4 Detector calibration GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN A EXPOSURE TO RADIATION Employ X ray safety practices to minimize exposure to radiation Use portable shields or lead aprons Aim the tube away from personnel On the Calibration page in the left folder tree select DETECTOR gt GAIN Remove the flat field phantom from the collimator rails Select 60 KVP MAX DOSE Press START and follow the on screen instructions Insert the phantom into the collimator rails Select 80 KVP MAX DOSE and 120 KVP MAX DOSE Press START and follow the on screen instructions NO a PWN gt a the entry page choose one of the kV techniques then select START to begin the calibration or CANCEL to abort b Each process begins with a QC exposure to check for setup and alignment errors followed by a sequence of 10 exposures The generator technique for each exposure is set automatically by the system c Press and hold the Prep Expose handswitch to make the exposures Release the handswitch after each exposure An exposure inhibit symbol appears in the status bar until the system is ready for the next exposure d After the last exposure calculations are performed and the message Calibration completed successfully appears along with in
84. tank assembly Figure 8 87 Power module HV tank mounting screws Remove the power module from the assembly 16 screws Disconnect the cables between the power module and HV tank 4 cables Mount the new power module in the assembly Reconnect the cables between the power module and HV tank Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 267 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 8 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Install the assembly in the chassis Note HV cables must be lubricated with silicone oil GE P N LNR8733 before insertion into the HV tank cable wells See Figure 8 88 HV Cable Figure 8 88 Lubricate HV cables 9 10 11 12 13 Connect all cables to the assembly After installing the HV cables tighten the set screws in the HV cable tightening rings Install the rear bin Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the front covers Install the side covers 8 5 22 4 Finalization 1 The system will report a BDM Mismatch error detected with 2 selections RESTORE and CANCEL Make sure you select RESTORE to have the Board Data Module upload the correct contents to the Djinn generator Failure to do so will result in erratic or failed system functionality Recovery requires a complete firmware download and system calibrations Perform the following calibrations Filament see 5 3 1 Setting filament drive level on p
85. text generated by the computer you are reading it as computer generated output In addition to direction characters are italicized e g italics to indicate information specific to your system or site This paragraph s font represents computer generated screen fixed output Its output is fixed from the sense that it does not vary from application to application It is the most commonly used style used to indicate filenames paths and text that do not change from system to system The character style used is a fixed width such as courier This paragraph s font represents computer screen output that is variable It is used to represent output that varies from application to application or system to system Variable output is sometimes found placed between greater than and less than operators for clarification For example variable ouput or lt 3 45 120 3 gt In both cases the and gt operators are not part of the actual input This paragraph s font represents fixed input It is computer input that is typed in via the keyboard Typed input that does not vary from application to application or system to system Fixed text the user is required to supply as input For example cd usr 3p This paragraph s font represents computer input that can vary from application to application or system to system With variable text the user is required to supply system dependent input or information Variable input sometimes is placed b
86. the cord reel wires from the AC fuse assembly note the existing connections of the wires 5 Disconnect the cord reel ground wire from the ground stud 1 nut Dismount the plastic cable guide 2 screws 7 Remove the cord reel 2 nuts Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 285 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 Install the new cord reel 9 Install the plastic cable guide 10 Connect the ground wire to the ground stud 11 Connect the cord reel wires to the AC fuse assembly 12 Ifthis is a 230VAC system the cord replacement reel is shipped without a power plug Perform the following steps to install a power plug a Remove the existing power plug from the old cord reel If the power plug is damaged or missing obtain an appropriate hospital grade plug as dictated by local regulations b Connect the power plug to the cord reel wires as shown in Table 8 2 Power plug connections Table 8 2 Power plug connections Wire color Power plug connection Brown hot Connect to the brass terminal Blue neutral Connect to the silver terminal Green yellow ground Connect to the green terminal 13 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 14 Install the left side cover 8 5 29 4 Finalization Perform the following HHS checks e Grounding see 7 2 1 Performing ground resistance testing on page 131
87. the old Hornet board 4 screws 9 Install the new circuit board 10 Connect the cable to the bottom of the Hornet board ONO 11 Transfer the cable from the left side of the old Hornet board to the new board OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Remove cables ties from the ferrite core Item 3 and remove the core from the cable 12 Route the left side cable through the metal cover then install the cover and mounting nuts 13 Connect all remaining cables to the circuit board 14 Connect the left side cable to the display inverter board 15 Re install the ferrite core onto the cable and secure with cable ties 16 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 17 Install the top cover and side covers 8 5 8 4 Finalization 1 Perform the following calibrations Touchscreen see Section 5 2 Touchscreen calibration on page 89 2 Perform the following HHS checks Generator Operator Indicators see 7 1 6 Testing generator operator indicators on page 131 8 5 9 Drive login active board collector 8 5 9 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 9 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 9 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit Anti static ESD kit 8 5 9 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 9 2 3 Replacement parts Item Drive login active board collector Quantity 1 8 5 9 2 4 Safety None 8 5 9 2 5 Required conditions R
88. time 75 of kVp rise and fall value MT T mAs This is simplified by the use of an oscilliscope that supports signal integration The TDS 3000 family of scopes provides this function using vertical cursors and gating cursors selections So a single measurement can be made for the full exposure defined as T above with a highly accurate result Page 124 Section 7 1 U S federally required tests GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Example mA Waveform 15 mSec exposure 75 kVp rise amp fall 0 mSec Time X mSec Figure 7 2 mA waveform example 1 For exposures 15 mSec the waveform stabilizes and the effects of Mt1 and Mt2 become negligible Using the cursor gating function find the mean of the entire waveform Example mA Waveform gt 15 mSec exposure 7596 kVp rise amp fall O vdc 0 mSec Time X mSec Figure 7 3 mA waveform example 2 Note Because of the nature of the design of the high frequency generator the use of a kV meter to determine kVp rise time is not necessary The rise fall of the kVp waveform has negligible impact upon the mAs measurement 7 1 4 3 2 Procedure 1 Connect a 1 scope probe to TP5 signal scale is 100mA 1V ofthe generator and chassis ground See Figure 7 4 Note TP4 is the mA Anode Negative signal and can be used in place of TP5 Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 125 GE HEALTHCAR
89. with silicone grease GE P N 46 125224P3 or equivalent before insertion into the X ray tube HV wells The grease is shipped with the X ray tube 16 Insert the HV cables into the new X ray tube HV wells and tighten the mounting rings Make sure that the cable markings Tube Anode or Tube Cathode match up with the X ray tube marking Anode or Cathode See Figure 8 21 Figure 8 22 and Figure 8 23 for cable routing at the rear of the X ray tube if necessary 17 Install the anode end cap tube mount assembly on the X ray tube Install and tighten the four end cap mounting screws apply thread locker and torque to 2 5 N m 1 8 Ib ft and the four tube mount screws torque to 13 2 N m 9 7 Ib ft no thread locker is used 18 Install the cathode end cap tube mount assembly on the X ray tube Install and tighten the four end cap mounting screws apply thread locker and torque to 2 5 N m 1 8 Ib ft and the four tube mount screws torque to 13 2 N m 9 7 lb ft no thread locker is used 19 Tipthe front of the X ray tube assembly upward and slide the assembly into the horizontal arm 20 Install the X ray tube and yoke assembly Apply thread locker Loctite 271 or equivalent and torque the 3 fasteners as follows Single top fastener 26 8 N m 19 9 Ib ft Two bottom fasteners 13 3 N m 9 8 Ib ft 21 Route and connect the rotor cable to the generator 22 Install the collimator Route and connect the collimator cable to the T
90. 0AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN e X ray see X ray on page 36 Light field buttons see Collimator on page 34 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 283 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 29 Power cord reel 8 5 29 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 60 8 5 29 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 29 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 5 29 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 29 2 3 Replacement parts Item Power cord reel Quantity 1 8 5 29 2 4 Safety None 8 5 29 2 5 Required conditions Remove the left side cover See 8 1 1 Side cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Page 284 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 29 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current 1 Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 2 Locate the power cord reel ground stud and AC fuse assembly See Figure 8 98 Item Description 1 Power cord reel Chassis ground stud 2 3 AC fuse assembly 4 Plastic cable guide Figure 8 98 Power cord reel location 3 Dismount the AC fuse assembly 2 nuts from the chassis Disconnect
91. 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 allowed for this printer Layouts Slide formats Not applicable Not supported do not select Page 388 Printer configuration GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table A 6 Fuji FM DPL printer configuration information Tab Attribute Value Comments 8 x 10in Pixel width 1998 Pixel height 2510 10 x 12in Pixel width Pixel height 10 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 11 x 14in Pixel width 2540 Pixel height 3600 Film Sizes 14 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 14 x 17in Pixel width 3500 Pixel height 4240 24 x 24cm Pixel width Pixel height 24 x 30cm Pixel width Pixel height Fuji FM DPL general comments The following configurations must be configured by the Fuji printer representative to print correctly sized images LUT1 as SAR17 for calling AE TITLE Trim width at 1 pixel for calling AE TITLE Globally configure a margin between image for 0 pixels Globally configure Image layout for spread Printer configuration Page 389 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Section A 5 Fuji DryPix 1000 printer parameters Table A 7 Fuji DryPix 1000 printer configuration information Tab Attribute Value Comments DICOM Printer Label DRY
92. 1 on each side of the rear bin Item Description 1 Rear bin side mounting screws Figure 8 11 Rear bin side mounting screws Page 158 Section 8 1 Cover management GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 4 See Figure 8 12 Disconnect the exposure switch cable Item 1 Item Description 1 Exposure switch connector 2 Rear bin top mounting screws 3 used Figure 8 12 Rear bin top mounting screws gt l HEAVY WEIGHT The rear bin is heavy Support the bin when removing the screws and lifting the bin off of the chassis 5 Remove the three mounting screws Item 2 at the top of the rear bin 6 Remove the rear bin Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 159 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 1 6 Column skirt cover removal 1 Remove the left side cover and left front cover See Section 8 1 3 Front cover removal 2 Rotate the tube column to access one of the mounting screws Item 1 then remove the mounting screw See Figure 8 13 Description 1 Mounting screw 2 Column skirt cover Figure 8 13 Column skirt cover 3 Rotate the tube column to access and remove the other mounting screw 4 Remove the column skirt covers Item 2 Page 160 Section 8 1 Cover management GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYST
93. 1 2 3 Returning system to service 1 Notify affected personnel that LOTO devices are being removed and equipment is being re energized Verify that the area is safe to re energize the equipment 3 Verify that any safety guards or devices have been reinstalled and replace all guards and covers as necessary Remove tools and all non essential equipment 5 Verify that all personnel are clear and in a safe position Verify that all controls and switches are in the off or neutral position Chapter 1 Safety Before You Begin GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 7 Remove locks and tags as appropriate 8 Re energize equipment and follow safe startup procedures 9 Notify affected persons that energy has been restored Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD A sudden discharge of static electricity from your finger or other conductor can destroy static sensitive devices or microcircuitry Often the spark is neither felt nor heard but damage occurs An electronic device exposed to electrostatic discharge ESD might not appear to be affected at all and can work perfectly throughout a normal cycle The device can function normally for a while but it has been degraded in the internal layers reducing its life expectancy Networks built into many integrated circuits provide some protection but in many cases the discharge contains enough power to alter device parameters or m
94. 1 601E or equivalent 7 1 2 Preparing for testing For all tests verify that the DAP meter is removed from the collimator rails unless otherwise specified Before beginning testing perform the required calibrations see Chapter 5 Calibration Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 115 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 7 1 3 Collimator testing Perform these tests to verify that The collimator lamp illuminates properly e light field and X ray field are aligned e The field size matches the expected size per the settings on the collimator 7 1 3 1 Testing light intensity Use this procedure to verify that the collimator high intensity field lamp illuminates at a distance of 100 cm 39 37 in from the focal spot at no less than the light intensity specification in Table 7 1 Site location Light intensity Within the U S 160 lux 14 9 ft c Table 7 1 Light intensity specification 1 Verify that the light meter has an accuracy of 5 or better 2 Remove the collimator covers 3 Adjust the CLS collimator lamp supply potentiometer so that the voltage at the collimator lamp is 20 0 22 0 V Note Ignore voltage polarity The lead positions dictate polarity 4 Place the light meter on a horizontal surface 40 inches from the X ray tube focal spot Direct the sensor toward the collimator light source 5 Turn on the collimator lamp Note Important
95. 1 Secure Login configuration Select SAVE to apply your changes or CANCEL to cancel them Use the arrow buttons to move through the pages Table 4 11 Secure Login options Option Description Audit Message Settings tab Audit Source ID IP address of audit message source Patient Name Anonymized Sore Enterprise Repository tab Enterprise Repository 1 On or Off Host Name IP Primary audit server name or IP Page 60 Section 4 2 Using the System Configuration Tool SUIF GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table 4 11 Secure Login options Option Description Port Number Port number used to communicate with primary audit server Protocol used to communicate with primary audit server TCP Protocol UDP Send Test Message Test connection with primary audit server Enterprise Repository 2 On or Off Host Name IP Secondary audit server name or IP Port Number Port number used to communicate with secondary audit server Protocol Protocol used to communicate with secondary audit server Send Test Message Test connection with secondary audit server Local Repository tab On Off Radio buttons Refresh Button to refresh the list Event ID Time Event Headers for list of messages Outcome Display Raw XML Display the raw data file to the user Section 4 3 Changing Auto Protocol Assist setti
96. 12 LACAUTON amp OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Bad pixel calibration is a multi step process including a QC test exposure and four additional exposures The generator technique for each exposure is set automatically by the system EXPOSURE TO RADIATION Employ X ray safety practices to minimize exposure to radiation Use portable shields or lead aprons Aim the tube away from personnel 1 Install the flat field phantom from the front of the collimator into the collimator rails as shown Figure 5 1 Flat field phantom On the Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button On the Utilities desktop press LAUNCH On the SUIF home page press the CALIBRATION tab button On the Calibration page in the left folder tree select DETECTOR BAD PIXEL Press START and follow the on screen instructions Press and hold the Prep Expose handswitch to make the exposures as directed The handswitch must be released after each exposure The X ray tube must be positioned at 120cm SID full FOV beam centered on the detector oak 5 4 1 2 Gain calibration The bad pixel calibration see 5 4 1 1 Bad pixel calibration on page 91 must be performed before starting the gain calibration This set of three calibration procedures one each for 60 80 and 120 kVp creates gain maps used to compensate for gain non uniformities The flat field phantom is used only for the 80 and 120 kVp techniques The X
97. 128 Section 7 1 U S federally required tests GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 6 Measure and record the values in Table 7 16 Table 7 16 Measured uGy values Measured uGy for each exposure Sample 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A B 7 Repeat this process of 10 exposures with Sample B using the correct techniques as given in Table 7 15 8 Verify that the reproducibility Coefficient of Variation for samples A and B is 0 045 as calculated Calculation CV the Coefficient of Variation Std Dev Average Mean Std Dev 7 the standard deviation of 10 samples Sample A exposures 1 through 10 Average Mean the average of 10 samples Sample A exposures 1 through 10 Sample A Sample B 9 Verify that the linerarity for samples A and B is lt 0 10 for HHS This is a pass or fail solution Calculation ABS avgmA Selected mAs avgmB Selected mAs lt 0 1 avgmA Selected mAs avgmB Selected mAs avgmX the average of 10 samples Sample X exposures 1 through 10 Avg Mean Sample A avgmA Avg Mean Sample B avgmB Verify the linearity meets the regulatory limits 7 1 5 Beam Quality Test 7 1 5 1 Measuring half value layer HVL This test measures the combined HVL of the tube and collimator 1 See Figure 7 5 Using a probe holder position the probe a minimum of 30 cm 12 in f
98. 14 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Page 250 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Timing min 15 8 5 14 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 14 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 5 14 2 2 Consumables 8 5 14 2 3 Replacement parts Item Whip antenna Quantity 1 8 5 14 2 4 Safety None 8 5 14 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the top cover See 8 1 2 Top cover removal 8 5 14 3 Procedure 1 See Figure 8 75 Unscrew the whip antenna from the chassis mounted connector Item Description 1 Whip antenna Figure 8 75 Whip antenna 2 Install the new whip antenna 3 Install the top cover 4 Install the side covers Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 251 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 14 4 Finalization None 8 5 15 Digital detector Applies to Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade systems only 8 5 15 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing hr 8 8 5 15 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 15 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 5 15 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 15 2 3 Replacement parts Item Digital detector Quantity 1 8 5 15 2 4 Safety None 8 5 15 2 5 Required conditions None 8 5 15 3 Procedure 1 Check th
99. 15 on changing the Internal IP Address Updated Chapter 8 Section 8 5 16 3 step 15 to correct wiring connection from NO to NC Refer to SPR HCSDM00120703 12JUL2012 Added Perform step to Finalization Sections 8 6 2 4 8 6 3 4 8 6 5 4 8 6 6 4 8 6 7 4 8 6 8 4 8 6 8 4 8 6 15 4 Refer to SPR HCSDM00140842 Updated Chapter 8 Sections 8 4 1 Drive Wheel and 8 4 4 Front Caster to show proper lifting supporting of unit Refer to TrackWise 8111422 18JUL2012 Updated Chapter 8 Sections 8 4 1 Drive Wheel and 8 4 4 Front Caster to show proper lifting supporting of unit Refer to SPR HCSDM00147300 Page 10 Preface GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Revision Date Reason for change Updated Chapter 8 Section 8 6 5 Tube mount detent side cathode side and Section 8 6 6 Tube mount friction side anode side to show new version of tube mounts Refer to ECO 2122380 Added text to front material on how to obtain most recent revisions of technical manuals Satisfies FDA recommendation 40 29SEP2012 Updated PM Checklist and PM Procedures to add hand switch visual inspection functional checks cleaning and 3 year replacement Refer to CAPA 5970812 Added Detector firmware download procedure to the System Data amp Software chapter Refer to SPR HCSDM00157822 Updated Chapter 7 Section 7 1 6 1 Step 4 to Verify that
100. 16 3 1 R xusr Table IDC WallStand Chapter 4 Configuration Page 85 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 12 Back on Snapshot Preferences main screen click on Target Names Table IDC DELETE See Figure 4 23 Figure 4 23 Delete Target Name Table System snapshot tool User preferences Configuration v for Default Falcon Configuration in Default Falcon Configuration program Default Falcon Configuration Hole Click the links d i Server Names Map Edit Delete Add New Server Target Names Mag Delete Tok IDC Edit Delete WallStamd IDC Edit Delete Add New Target List of Snapshot Files 8 files imapchome xrusesfiog from Magic Edit Delete hreplatalog from Magic Edit Delete hk ERRORLOG TXT ftom Table IDC Edit Delete h c TRACE LOG from Table IDC Edit Delete hAc TRACE from Table IDC Edit Delete h c ERRORLOG from WallStand IDC Edit Delete ide TRACE LOG from WallStand IDC Edit Delete fde TRACE from WallStand_IDC Edit Delete Spexifr New Snapshot File or Browse Target Choose Smapshot tool will collect the latest 5 log files from enzeiata srifferLon on Exguwenng PC 13 You will get a popup like below select OK See Figure 4 24 Figure 4 24 Table_IDC Popup Message Deleting Table_IDC will also delete files fidcfERRORLOG TXT fidc TRAC
101. 200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 15 Collimator rotation lock finger 8 6 15 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 20 8 6 15 2 Preliminary requirements 8 6 15 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 6 15 2 2 Consumables Cable ties 8 6 15 2 3 Replacement parts Item Collimator rotation lock finger Quantity 1 8 6 15 2 4 Safety None 8 6 15 2 5 Required conditions Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Remove the collimator from the X ray tube See 8 6 9 1 Collimator replacement Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 377 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 15 3 Procedure 1 SeeFigure 8 171 Remove the four mounting screws Item 4 and the rotation lock cover Item 3 v Description 1 Collimator 2 Rotation lock knob 3 Rotation lock cover 4 Rotation lock cover screws Figure 8 171 Rotation lock 2 SeeFigure 8 172 Remove the rotation lock assembly Item 2 from the collimator 3 Remove the rotation lock finger Item 1 from the rotation lock assembly Item 2 Slightly rotating the lock knob will make it easier to remove the lock finger Page 378 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122
102. 20AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN D Item Description 1 Detector charge connector assembly 2 Bracket tab Figure 8 80 Detector charge connector assembly 3 The connector assembly is centered with two alignment pins To remove the connector assembly grab the bracket tab Item 2 and pull straight back It may be necessary to slightly rock the assembly until it releases from the alignment pins Install the new connector assembly onto the alignment pins and tighten the mounting screws Install the access cover Install the rear bin Install the sides covers 2530 On e 8 5 17 4 Finalization 1 Restore system to normal operation 2 Insert an un tethered detector into the bin with detector battery installed 3 Verify that when the detector is in the storage bin the battery LED in the detector handle is lit and blinking 8 5 18 Detector bin shock absorber Applies to Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade systems only 8 5 18 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 18 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 18 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 257 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 18 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 18 2 3 Replacement parts Item Detector bin shock absorber s Quantity 1 or 2 8 5 18 2 4 Safet
103. 220amx systems 2 3 Vertical brake cable 4 Horizontal arm lock cable Figure 8 162 Correct cable bundle arrangement 25 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 26 Install the front bin 27 Install the front covers 28 Install the side covers 29 Package the old collimator for return Page 364 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 9 2 Finalization 1 Perform the following calibrations Lamp if HHS tests fail see 8 6 14 Collimator lamp on page 373 2 Perform the following HHS checks Field size indicator accuracy see 7 1 3 3 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR200amx on page 120 or 7 1 3 4 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade on page 121 Light field to X ray field alignment see 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment on page 117 Half value layer see 7 1 5 1 Measuring half value layer HVL on page 129 3 For Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with Digital Upgrade Perform QAP refer to the Installation Manual Chapter 6 Detector checks and QAP 8 6 10 Dose Area Product DAP meter 8 6 10 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 10 8 6 10 2 Preliminary requirements 8 6 10 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit
104. 3 Column replacement added note before Step 1 regarding carriage safety lock Refer to HCSDM00202552 Chapter 3 Section 3 4 updated steps 3 5 with correct navigation links Refer to HCSDM00188263 Chapter 5 added new Section 5 6 3 DAP Calibration 42 14NOV2013 Chapter 2 Table 2 4 added DAP Calibration reference Chapter 8 Section 8 6 10 4 added step for DAP Calibration Refer to HCSDM00159583 Preface Page 11 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Page 12 Preface GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Preface Publication Conventions Standardized conventions for representing information is a uniform way of communicating information to a reader in a consistent manner Conventions are used so that the reader can easily recognize the actions or decisions that must be made There are a number of character and paragraph styles used in this publication to accomplish this task Please become familiar with them before proceeding forward It is important that you read and understand hazard statements and not just ignore them Safety amp Hazard Information Proper product safety labeling allows a person to safely use or service a product The format and style for safety communications reflected in this publication represents the harmonization of IEC ISO 3864 and ANSI Z535 standards Within this publication
105. 3 2 4 1 Before you begin safety emen 33 2 4 2 Tools required o riri te eae sia taeda RE ER REOR 33 2 4 3 PM Procedures eee eden cec eee du De evt dua e dedu evade 34 System data and software 43 Section 3 1 Backing up system data 43 3 1 1 What is included in a system backup 43 3 1 2 Performing a system backup sisiraan ennemis 43 Section 3 2 Performing Load From Cold LFC 44 3 2 1 Loading or upgrading system software ssssssssesseeeneeeneeeeenn 44 Section 3 3 Performing a FW Load From Cold LFC 46 Section 3 4 Restoring generator firmware 47 Section 3 5 Detector firmware download 47 Section 3 6 Restoring system 48 3 9 1 Betore you bagin eerte den de eet PAR ERR uad has 48 3 6 2 Restoring system data inancdan tirei entente ntes dena nena nana 48 Section 3 7 System self 49 Table of Contents Page 17 GE HEALTH
106. 3 2 2 Consumables None 5 6 3 2 3 Safety Appropriate ionizing radiation PPE 5 6 3 2 4 Required Conditions DAP meter is connected DAP meter is enabled in software No DAP related errors in the system error log DAP temperature stabilized to the operating environment Wait 5 minutes after the DAP is connected and energized per the OEM for internal stabilization before calibration or clinical use 5 6 3 3 Preface The purpose of this calibration is to modify the correction factor stored in the DAP device The DAP response is dependent upon temperature and atmospheric pressure A correction factor of 1 no correction is specified by the OEM of sea level elevation 20 68 The DAP Calibration correction factor CF is stored in the DAP itself and not on the system For this reason adhere to the following Do not press COMMIT if you are exploring entering random numbers and making exposures This loads interim CF values into the DAP Assume this value to be bad By pressing CANCEL the original DAP resident CF value will be restored Do not return the system to clinical use if the system shuts down in the middle of this calibration The DAP will contain an interim CF value Assume this value to be bad Restore the system to proper working order and perform this calibration procedure Make sure you press COMMIT to save the correct and valid CF value A result of PASS is presented when the test meter and the
107. 30 This procedure has you remove the top cover from the unit 1 See Figure 8 106 Disconnect the power switch connector Item 1 2 Remove the 3 cable clamps Item 2 from the power switch wires 3 Disconnect the cables from the Display overlay board Item 4 4 Remove the mountings screws Item 3 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 297 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Power switch connector 2 Cable clamp 3 used 3 Mounting screws 8 used 4 Overlay board assembly Figure 8 106 Display overlay board 9 10 11 12 Remove the old display overlay board and replace with the new part Install the Display Overlay Board mounting screws Install the cable clamps 3 Connect the cables to the new board Connect the power switch connector Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the top cover Install the side covers 8 5 34 4 Finalization Perform the following functional checks Charging see Charging on page 35 Page 298 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 35 Tube park latch assembly switch or solenoid 8 5 35 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 35 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 35 2 1 Tools and test
108. 31 7 2 1 Performing ground resistance testing sssssssee 131 7 2 2 Performing leakage current testing ssssseemn 141 Section 7 3 Tube Radiation Leakage Test Optional 144 7 9 1 Personnel Requiremernits i t eee eee edad Han 144 7 3 2 Preliminary requirements aeeie eei A A E ntn enn nain 144 PUfDOSOe estt b emo o lat tal ain t I et alg 145 7 9 4 Commorr EIOS iio Ier en YR DERE LATUS 145 7 3 5 X Ray Tube Leakage Radiation Requirement 145 Replacement 149 Section 8 1 Cover management eese 149 9 1 1 Side cover removal RM GR eee d 150 8 12 cover removal ee e here teh eee ret epe bra erre aed 150 98 1 3 Front cover removal ene 152 Table of Contents Page 19 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 8 1 4 8 1 5 8 1 6 8 1 7 Section 8 2 1 8 2 2 8 2 3 8 2 4 Section Section 8 4 1 8 4 2 8 4 3 8 4 4 8 4 5 8 4 6 8 4 7 8 4 8 8 4 9 8 4 10 Section 8 5 1 8 5 2 8 5 3 8 5 4 8 5 5 8 5 6 8 5 7 8 5 8 8 5 9 8 5 10 8 5 11 8 5 12 8 5 13 8 5 14 8 5 15 8 5 16 8 5 17 8 5 18 8 5 19 8 5 20 8 5 21 8 5 22 8 5 23 8 5 24 8 5 25 8 5 26 8 5 27 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYST
109. 4 Perform the following functional checks Drive speed limited in tethered mode see Table 2 2 Functional checks on page 35 8 5 20 Beetle Djinn set of cables The Beetle Djinn set of cables is a kit that consists of all the cables that inter connect the Djinn generator hardware assemblies The Djinn generator hardware assemblies are defined as Main Auxiliary Module 15 Optional Auxiliary Module 30kW this is a purchased option HV Tank Power Module mounted to the HV Tank Other control cables that interface the Djinn generator hardware to the rest of the system are not included in this cable kit 8 5 20 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 6 hrs 8 5 20 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 20 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 5 20 2 2 Consumables Cable ties 8 5 20 2 3 Replacement parts Item Beetle Djinn set of cables Quantity 1 8 5 20 2 4 Safety None 8 5 20 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers front covers and rear bin See 8 1 3 Front cover removal and 8 1 5 Rear bin removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 261 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 20 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current 1
110. 4 kVp of selected kVp Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 123 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table 7 10 kVp values for kVp accuracy 30 kW generator Sample Measured kVp Acceptance Criteria 1 4 kVp and 296 of selected kVp 4 kVp and 296 of selected kVp 4 kVp and 296 of selected kVp 4 kVp of selected kVp 4 kVp of selected kVp 4 kVp of selected kVp OJJAN 6 Verify that the kVp accuracy passes the regulatory limits for each test exposure 7 1 4 3 Testing mAs accuracy 7 1 4 3 1 Overview mAs accuracy is measured using a non invasive kVp meter and oscilloscope connected to the mA test point of the generator Considering a threshold of 75 of the requested kV the mAs is the integral of the mA during the exposure time The exposure time pulse width is the time between when the kV waveform rises above the threshold and when the kV falls back below the threshold For short exposure times lt 15 mSec it is necessary to accurately measure and calculate the mAs by integrating the mA and time in defined intervals Three are used for this example The integrated values are the sum of the weighted means of the measured time intervals for the full exposure time Mt1 Mt2 Mt3 MT Where M mean of the measured mA t1 t2 t3 time interval of the measured mean of mA Mt1 Mt2 Mt3 T total exposure
111. 5336122 1EN Page 22 Table of Contents GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Chapter 1 Safety Before You Begin Section 1 1 Energy sources Table 1 1 Energy source Yes No Location of energy Magnitude of energy isolating means Electrical Yes AC power plug 120 VAC 60Hz 220 VAC 50Hz Electrical Yes Circuit breaker 156VDC Electrical batteries Yes Battery board 156VDC connector J1 Pneumatic No n a n a Hydraulic No n a n a Gas water steam No n a n a Chemical No n a n a Mechanical motion No n a n a Gravity No n a n a Rear suspension spring No n a n a Column spring Yes Scroll lock at 610 N m 5400 in Ibs top of column Thermal No n a n a Stored energy generator Yes Time discharge and 15kW generator 2200J capacitors DVM verification 30kW generator 8800J Air under pressure No n a n a Oil under pressure No n a n a Water under pressure No n a n a Gas under pressure No n a n a Steam No n a n a Other No n a n a Type of equipment and or method selected to dissipate or isolate stored energy Allow three minutes for stored energy to dissipate Stored energy is indicated by safety lamps on the generator Aux boxes After waiting period verify dissipation with volt meter Type of equipment and or method used to ensure disconnections One lock and tag for each electrical power source Mult
112. 6 1 2 5 Required conditions Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 315 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 1 3 Procedure 1 See Figure 8 119 Remove the mounting screws Item 3 and top cover Item 2 at the top of the vertical column Item 3 Item Description 1 Mounting screws 3 used 2 Column top cover 3 Column Figure 8 119 Column top cover 2 Position the horizontal arm to a convenient working position 3 Lock the vertical carriage a The vertical lock can engage in multiple positions approximately 18 cm 7 in apart throughout the vertical range of travel b SeeFigure 8 120 At the top of the column rotate the brass knob Item 1 90 degrees until it lines up with and slightly drops into the locking notch Item 2 Slowly move the horizontal arm up down until the spring loaded locking pin clicks into the locking hole Item 3 in the side of the scroll Item 4 d Verify that the locking knob is fully seated in the locking notch Verify that movement of the vertical carriage has now been locked Page 316 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN n Item _ Description _ 1 Locking knob
113. 6 2 3 Replacement parts Item Detector bin park switch Quantity 1 8 5 16 2 4 Safety None 8 5 16 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the rear bin See 8 1 5 Rear bin removal 8 5 16 3 Procedure 1 See Figure 8 76 Remove the 3 mounting screws Item1 and access cover Item 2 from the Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 253 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN bottom of the rear bin Item 3 1 Mounting screws 3 used Access cover Rear bin Figure 8 76 Rear bin bottom view 2 SeeFigure 8 76 Remove the two wires from the park switch Item 1 Detector park switch Detector charge connector assembly Shock absorber 2 used Figure 8 77 Rear bin bottom view 3 Use a screwdriver to depress the mounting tabs Item 2 on the side of the switch Item 1 while gently pushing on the switch body Alternate from one side of the switch to the other until the switch can be removed from inside the rear bin Page 254 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Detector park switch 2 Mounting tabs Figure 8 78 Rear bin bottom view Install the new switch by placing it in the recess and pushing downward until it snaps into place Connect the two wires to the COM co
114. 6 through 17 below for the following four Configurations available under the drop down menu Asnapshot Lightning ASnapshot Snapshot ResetTimeOut QuickSnapshot Chapter 4 Configuration Page 81 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN In the Configuration drop down menu select ASNAPSHOT LIGHTNING See Figure 4 16 Figure 4 16 Select Configuration System snapshot tool User preferences Configuration EMPTY for Enter cell name in Enter pole name program Enter program name Note Click the links above to edit No Servers Specified yet No Targets Specified yet Add New Target There are no files in the Snapshot or Browse Target Choose Target Snapshot tool will collect the latest Q log files from Enter a correct path to sniffer files on Engineering PC Page 82 Section 4 13 IP Address Change Procedure GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYsTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 6 In Server Names section click on EDIT See Figure 4 17 Figure 4 17 Edit Server Name Magic System snapshot tool User preferences Cosnfigaation v for Default Falcon Configuration in Default Falcon Configuration program Default Falcon Configuration Note Click the links above to edit Server Names Map Add New Server Target Names Edit Delete Tbh IDC Edit Delete WalStand_IDC Edit Delete
115. 6122 1EN If the carriage safety lock becomes engaged while performing this procedure use the following steps to disengage it a Ensure that the horizontal arm tube and collimator are installed and the vertical lock is engaged See 8 6 1 Engaging vertical lock b Remove the 4 screws and carriage cover plate See Figure 8 122 Figure 8 122 Carriage cover plate c With one person lifting up slightly on the horizontal arm have the other person pry the carriage safety lock upwards with a large flat blade screwdriver See Figure 8 123 Figure 8 123 Release safety lock d Once the carriage safety lock is disengaged slowly lower the horizontal arm until the steel cable is supporting the weight Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 319 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN e Install the carriage cover plate and 4 screws f Disengage the vertical lock 1 Lock the vertical carriage See 8 6 1 Engaging vertical lock 2 Remove the 4 fasteners and the carriage cover plate from the carriage See Figure 8 124 Save these parts to use on the new carriage Figure 8 124 Carriage cover plate 3 Using caution as these parts are under tension from the springs remove both spring cap screws The hardware on these cap screws is very easy to fall off the cap screw and drop down into the column It is best to use a T handle hex wrench for this task hex wrenches with a ball end will
116. 66 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 11 SID tape measure 8 6 11 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 10 8 6 11 2 Preliminary requirements 8 6 11 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 6 11 2 2 Consumables Loctite 242 GE part 46 170686P2 or equivalent 8 6 11 2 3 Replacement parts Item SID tape measure Quantity 1 8 6 11 2 4 Safety None 8 6 11 2 5 Required conditions None Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 367 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 11 3 Procedure 1 Remove the two screws and remove the tape cover See Figure 8 164 Description 1 Tape 2 Tape cover 3 Tape cover screws Figure 8 164 SID tape measure replacement 2 Take the tape out of the tape cover 3 Putanew tape into the tape cover 4 Mount the tape cover and tighten the two screws with thread locker 8 6 11 4 Finalization None Page 368 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 12 Collimator adjustment knob 8 6 12 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 10 8 6 12 2 Preliminary requirements 8 6 12 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standar
117. 7 1 3 4 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade on page 121 Use this test to ensure that the difference between the indicated field size and the actual field size is not greater than the specification that pertains to the site given below Site location Total difference Within the U S Not to exceed 1 8 SID in either direction Table 7 5 Field size indicator specification by site ONOaARWN gt 11 12 Prepare for an exposure Align the X ray tube to the receptor Set the SID to 100 cm Set the X ray angle to 0 degrees Set the field size to 25 x 25 cm Select 50 kVp and 1 mAs Take an exposure Develop the film in a dark room Use a light box to locate the edge of the first X ray field and place a pencil mark on the North South East and West edges of the X ray field Measure from the pencil mark to the 25 x 25 cm exposure edges Record the measured value of the North South distance d1 here d1 Record the measured value of the East West distance d2 here Page 120 Section 7 1 U S federally required tests GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 13 14 15 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN d2 Calculate the indicator to actual size error 25 cm actual size d1 25 cm actual size d2 x 100 X 100 100 cm 100 cm Record the
118. 8 Replacement procedures Page 167 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 2 2 3 Procedure 1 the existing cable s to be replaced mark the cable s at the position of each cable clamp and cable tie 2 Remove the HV cable clamp mounting screws See Figure 8 15 Item Description 1 HV cable clamp mounting screws 2 Figure 8 15 HV cable clamp mounting screws 3 Remove the clamp from the HV cable bundle See Figure 8 16 Figure 8 16 HV cable clamp 4 See Figure 8 17 Loosen the set screw s see Figure 8 18 in the HV cable tightening ring s at the Djinn HV tank Loosen and remove the tightening ring s and pull the cable s out of the tank Page 168 Section 8 2 Cable replacement GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Anode HV cable not visible 2 Cathode HV cable 3 Ferrite one on each HV cable Figure 8 17 Djinn tank HV cables Item Description 1 HV cable tightening ring set screw Figure 8 18 Djinn tank tightening ring set screw Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 169 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 5 SeeFigure 8 19 Remove the cable clamps Item 1 from the side of the horizontal arm Item 3 and vertical column Ite
119. 8896 Pixel height 28662 14 x 17in Pixel width 8896 Pixel height 10612 24 x 24cm Pixel width Pixel height 24 x 30cm Pixel width Pixel height Section A 12 Konica Dry Pro 793 printer parameters Table A 14 Agfa Drystar 3000 printer configuration information Tab Attribute Value Comments DICOM Printer Label Customer preference Application Entry Title Enter value given by site AE titles may be site network administrator specific check with site Network Address Enter value given by site network administrator Port Number 6000 Port number may be site specific check with site Pixel Depth 12 Printer Pixel Size micron 43 75 Printer Configuration Information Dicom Density Min 20 Max 300 Magnification Type CUBIC Smooth Factor 1 Trim NO Not supported Polarity NORMAL Border Density BLACK Empty Image Density BLACK Printer Memory Size 512 Page 402 Printer configuration GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Table A 14 Agfa Drystar 3000 printer configuration information OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Tab Attribute Value Comments Select the desired layouts 1 1 2 1 1 2 4 1 6 1 Layouts allowed for this printer Slide formats 8 x 10in Pixel width Pixel height 10 x 12in Pixel width 5766 Pixel height 6826 10 x 14in Pixel width P
120. AL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5336122 1EN REVISION 12 8 4 7 3 Procedure 1 Access the mounting nuts through the openings behind the drive wheels 2 Remove the mounting nuts 3 from the rear of the kickplate then remove the kickplate See Figure 8 56 Item Description 1 Mounting nuts 3 Figure 8 56 Kickplate 3 Install the new kickplate and mounting nuts 4 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 5 Install the side covers 8 4 7 4 Finalization None Page 216 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 8 Rear bin mounting bracket Optima XR200amx only 8 4 8 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 4 8 2 Preliminary requirements 8 4 8 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 4 8 2 2 Consumables None 8 4 8 2 3 Replacement parts Item Rear bin mounting bracket Quantity 1 8 4 8 2 4 Safety None 8 4 8 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the rear bin See 8 1 5 Rear bin removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 217 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 8 3 Procedure 1 SeeFigure 8 57 Remove the kickplate mounting nuts Item 2 and kickplate Item 3 2 Remove the mou
121. AL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 3 Position single 2 x 4 inch block approximately 4 inches from the vertical face of the battery box Place lever approximately 2 inches under battery box perpendicular to the vertical face of the battery box Ensure the lever is fully supported on the fulcrum See Figure 8 42 Figure 8 42 Lift and support unit 4 While applying downward pressure onto the end of the lever see Figure 8 43 left position the two 2 x 4 support blocks under the other corner of the battery box see Figure 8 43 right Note This example uses a one person standing position This is simpler if two people are available Figure 8 43 Lift and support unit 5 Place aside the lever and fulcrum as needed for the remaining steps Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 199 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 6 SeeFigure 8 44 Atthe top of the caster od ka remove the 4 mounting nuts from the studs eal HA Figure 8 44 Caster location 7 Slightly tip the caster and remove it from the unit 8 Install the new caster onto the studs 9 Install and tighten the mounting nuts 10 Lift the unit and remove the support blocks 11 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 12 Install the covers 8 4 4 4 Finalization None 8 4 5 Spring applied brake column rotational brake 8 4 5 1 Personnel requirements Required pe
122. ARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Locate the circuit board See Figure 8 114 Item Description 1 Collimator lamp power supply 2 Collimator lamp supply pot R3 Figure 8 114 Board identification under top cover Disconnect all cables 3 connections from the circuit board Remove the old circuit board 4 screws Install the new circuit board Connect all cables to the circuit board Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the side cover NOORWN 8 5 37 4 Finalization 1 Perform the following adjustment Adjust the collimator lamp supply potentiometer R3 so that the voltage at the collimator lamp is 20 0 22 0 VDC 2 Perform the following HHS tests Light field intensity see 7 1 3 1 Testing light intensity on page 116 8 5 38 Main circuit breaker and cable assembly 8 5 38 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 Page 308 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYsTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 38 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 38 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 5 38 2 2 Consumables 8 5 38 2 3 Replacement parts Item Main circuit breaker and cable assembly Quantity 1 8 5 38 2 4 Safety None 8 5 38 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the front cove
123. Add New Target List of Snapshot Files 8 files hmagichome xruserflog from Magic Edit Delete hngplata flog from Magic Edit Delete he ERRORLOG TXT from Tabla IDC Edit Delete hic TRACE LOG from Table IDC Edit Delete h c TRACE BEP from Table IDC Edit Delete h c ERRORLOG TXT from WallStand IDC Edit Delete hde TRACE LOG from WallStand IDC Edit Delete hic TRACE from WallStand Edit Delete Specify New Snapshot File or Browse Target Coote eye Smapshot tool will collect the latest 5 log files from ors on Engineering PC 7 Inthe IP Address data entry text box change 192 168 3 1 to xxx xxx 3 1 where XXX XXX 3 1 is the same IP Address range used in Section 4 13 IP Address Change Procedure and 3 1 is the specific address assignment for the host pc port See Figure 4 18 Figure 4 18 Change IP Address Server Names Mage Name Magic Submit IP Address 192 168 3 1 Reset Path fenggdata Current localpath ei Cancel User xruser Password 66 Chapter 4 Configuration Page 83 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 Click on SUBMIT See Figure 4 19 Figure 4 19 Submit New IP Address Server Names Magic Name Magic IP Address 172 16 3 1 Path lengadata Current localpathz ei User xruser Password ht 9 Under Target Names Magic click EDIT See Figure 4 20 Figure 4 20 Edit Magic Target Name Syst
124. CARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Chapter 4 Configuration Eie eu xxx Edu Fr potui ire E CE uS 51 Section 4 1 When should configure the 51 Section 4 2 Using the System Configuration Tool SUIF 51 A 1 Site configuration iiie reni UR IR ERE RUF UR tinge 52 4 2 2 Networking configuration iens c eger itx 53 4 2 3 General corifig ratioh c co E E Re D BERI HAE 53 4 2 4 Hardware configuration sesso 54 4 2 5 Generator config raton iscsi TEA A E nennen nennen enne 54 4 2 6 Wireless A enn 55 4 2 7 Options configuration ne eeuen n niaaa nenne A AE a en nennen 57 4 2 8 InSite configuration dt eee o eeu e d 58 4 2 9 PNF econfiguration iier Rr RR A e RARE ECL RE 58 4 2 10 Time Server configuration sssssssssee enne nennen 60 4 2 11 Secure Login configuration ssssseeeee enne 60 Section 4 3 Changing Auto Protocol Assist settings 61 Section 4 4 DICOM connectivity 61 4 4 1 Network host configuration sssssssseeeene ene enne 61 4 42 Printer config ration ne eto oe cen ERR earl teense IAEA PUn EAR 64 Sec
125. CTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 10 Top cover or display amp inverter collector 8 5 10 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 60 8 5 10 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 10 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit Anti static ESD kit 8 5 10 2 2 Consumables Cable ties 8 5 10 2 3 Replacement parts Item Top cover or display amp inverter collector Quantity 1 8 5 10 2 4 Safety None 8 5 10 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the top cover See 8 1 2 Top cover removal e Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 241 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 10 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 For top cover replacement perform LOTO remove appropriate cable connections install new cover and perform finalization steps If replacing just the display amp inverter follow the steps listed below 1 See Figure 8 69 On the rear of the top cover locate the Hornet circuit board which is under a metal cover Item 4 Item Description 1 Display assembly mounting screws 7 screws 3 on left 4 on right
126. DAP reported values have less than a 10 error Atthis point you can select COMMIT and the calibration is complete or you can select CONTINUE and repeat in the attempt to reduce the PASS Error percentage Do not expect to achieve a 096 error result Itis possible but not probable due to the variables of the X ray beam and measurement devices 5 6 3 4 Procedure Prior to launching the DAP Calibration utility in the SUIF service interface the following set up conditions must be followed A Do not deviate from this instruction or randomly enter values into the DAP calibration utility Failure to follow this instruction can result in grossly inaccurate Dose Value reporting during clinical system usage 1 Place the imaging receptor on a platform at least 25 cm 10 in above the floor to reduce back scatter The imaging receptor should be parallel to the floor 2 Make an exposure with the following parameters Chapter 5 Calibration Page 95 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN FOV 10 cm x 10 cm centered on imaging receptor SID 100 cm kV 70 mAs 100 3 Develop the image as necessary and make measurements accurately recording the FOV X and Y values length and width s a b For systems with a digital detector use the Image review measure distance tools For all other imaging media make accurate manual measurements per OEM recommendations
127. E LOG fide TRACE BKP Do you really want that Page 86 Section 4 13 IP Address Change Procedure GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 14 Under Target Names WallStand IDC click on DELETE See Figure 4 25 Figure 4 25 Delete Target Name WallStand IDC System snapshot tool User preferences Configuration ASaapshot_Ligharing v for Default Falcon Configuration in Default Falcon Configuration program Default Falcon Configuration Mote Click the links Server Names Edit Delete Add New Server Target Edit Delete Tbk IDC Edit Delete WallStamd IDC Edit Delete Add New Tarret List of Snapshot Files 8 files imapchome xrusesfiog from Magic Edit Delete hngplatalogi from Magic Edit Delete hie ERRORLOG TXT ftom Table IDC Edit Delete file TRACE LOG from Table IDC Edit Delete h c TRACE from Table IDC Edit Delete h c ERRORLOG TXT from WallStand IDC Edit Delete ke TRACE LOG from WallStand IDC Edit Delete hic TRACE from WallStand_IDC Edis Delete Specify New Snapshot File or Browse Target Choose Smapshot tool will collect the latest 5 log files from enginu 15 You will get a popup like below select OK See Figure 4 26 Figure 4 26 WallStand IDC Popup Message Deleting WallStand_IDC will also delete files lidcJERRORLOG TXT lidc TRACE LOG
128. E REVISION 12 TP4 TP5 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Figure 7 4 Generator TP4 amp TP5 mAs test points 2 Select the kV and mAs as defined in Table 7 11 for 15 kW generator or Table 7 12 for 30 kW generator Table 7 11 kV and mAs settings for mA accuracy 15 kW generator Sample Selected kV Selected mAs Exposure Time See Note 1 50 2 15mS 2 125 1 25 15mS 3 50 25 gt 15mS 4 125 12 5 gt 15mS Note Exposure Time reference is for generator specifications not selectable Table 7 12 kV and mAs settings for mA accuracy 30 kW generator Sample Selected kV Selected mAs Exposure Time See Note 1 50 2 lt 15mS 2 125 1 25 lt 15mS 3 50 25 gt 15mS 4 125 25 gt 15mS Note Exposure Time reference is for generator specifications not selectable 3 Adjust scope settings to display a single waveform 4 Using the vertical cursor measurement functions position the cursors on the mA waveform at 75 of the rise fall for the entire exposure 5 Using the undisturbed vertical cursor measurement functions record the mean of the mA waveform for the entire exposure This requires using the integration function of the oscilliscope Each scope can vary as to how this is performed For the TDS 3000 Series scopes the following applies Page 126 Section 7 1 U S federally required tests GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Not
129. E HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 1 3 2 Left front cover removal 1 Remove the left side cover See Section 8 1 1 Side cover removal 2 Remove the 3 mounting screws Item 1 from the breaker tray Item 2 See Figure 8 6 Item Description 1 Mounting screws 3 used 2 Breaker tray Figure 8 6 Breaker tray 3 Remove the breaker tray Page 154 Section 8 1 Cover management GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 4 Remove 2 mounting screws Item 1 from the side of the cover See Figure 8 7 Mem Description 1 Rear mounting screws 2 used 2 Front mounting screw 1 used 3 Left front cover Figure 8 7 Right front cover 5 Remove 1 mounting screw Item 2 at the front of the cover 6 Slide the cover Item 3 sideways to remove Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 155 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 1 4 Front bin removal 1 Remove the side covers See Section 8 1 1 Side cover removal 2 Remove the 3 cap screws on each side of the top cover but do not disconnect any cables Leave the top cover in place See Section 8 1 2 Top cover removal 3 Remove the cap screws Item 1 on each side of the front bin Item 2 See Figure 8 8 Item D
130. EM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN ErontibiriremoVval iacit d 156 Rear bin removal eoe RERO 157 Column skirt cover removal n eae enne 160 Tube head cover 161 8 2 Cable replacemnient 2 etie crece Lodi ri Lo epe Rar ve sra Cem R EU 162 General cable replacement cccccecceeeeeeeeeeencneeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeegeceaaeaeceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 162 High voltage cable 167 Super cable 5557068 cable 176 Spyder to Board Data Module Cable 178 8 3 Software Load From 180 8 4 Base assembly aerei 181 Drive wheel tete ecelesie E per 181 Battery packs i etia rite Lco LI Pagi 185 Front bumper assembly or bumper switch 191 Eront caster m concor LIS UE LI om ci ELEME 195 Spring applied brake column rotational brake 200 Column support 203 Rear bin kickpl te 3
131. EM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 1 7 Tube head cover removal 1 Ifthe lower tube cover needs to be removed the collimator must be removed first See Section 8 6 9 Collimator 2 SeeFigure 8 14 Remove the 4 mounting screws Item 1 from the bottom of the lower tube cover Item 2 The collimator can be rotated to provide access to the screws UA Item Description 1 Safety Torx screws 4 used Lower tube cover 2 3 Upper tube cover 4 Wireless USB Host Radio Board 5 X ray tube Figure 8 14 Tube covers 3 Remove the upper tube cover Item 3 4 Unplug the USB cable from the Wireless USB Host Radio Board Item 4 Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade only 5 Remove the lower tube cover Item 2 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 161 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Section 8 2 Cable replacement 8 2 1 General cable replacement 8 2 1 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min Depends on cable 8 2 1 2 Preliminary requirements 8 2 1 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit e Anti static ESD kit 8 2 1 2 2 Consumables Cable ties 8 2 1 2 3 Replacement parts Item Cable Quantity Depends on cable 8 2 1 2 4 Safety None 8 2 1 2 5 Required conditions Remove covers to access the desired cable See Section 8 1 Cover management P
132. ENTER key on the service keyboard 11 The software installation begins Note Do not walk away during this process you need to be present If during the installation process the system presents you with a screen to choose either to enter Degraded Mode or Shutdown click DEGRADED MODE immediately Then enable View PC Now using PC Boot Script View If this step is missed you will not see the PC reboot 12 Wait for the installation to complete indicated by an automatic reboot of the PC It will take approximately 10 minutes to complete If you missed the note on step 11 the reboot will not be apparent In this case you will need to start over from step 7 above 13 Remove the Optima Software DVD from the external DVD CD ROM drive Disconnect the Note If your customer uses 192 168 x x for the hospital network connectivity then you must modify the systems internal IP address scheme See Section 4 13 IP Address Change Procedure on page 80 This must be done after a Software load and before performing a system Backup Restore Failure to follow these instructions will result in boot failures and the system in degraded mode 14 Restore the configuration and calibration files 15 Enter PC Boot Script View and set View PC Now DISABLED and Persistent PC View OFF 16 Reset and reboot the system 3 2 1 2 2 Loading software on a PC for the first time Note During this procedure enter the Degraded mode if prompted Select Serv
133. Exposure without additional filtration shall be equal to or greater than 0 5 9 Enter the beam quality data in Table 7 17 Table 7 17 Beam quality data half value layer Radiation Reading Ratio Aluminum Manufacture With Without with without Filtration Date Additional Filtration Additional Filtration SEHE 3 0 mm Page 130 Section 7 1 U S federally required tests GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 7 1 6 Testing generator operator indicators 7 1 6 1 Testing tones buzzers and the X ray ON indicator On the system touchscreen start an exam and select an exposure Make the exposure Verify that an X ray tone sounds and the X ray ON indicator illuminates during the exposure Verify that the selected kVp and mAs are displayed in the protocol modification frames and the left side of the status bar Both displays should match 7 1 6 2 Testing the heat unit alarm 1 Change the generator configuration of the Tube HUR Alarm to 95 Select COMMIT Reset the system Make X ray exposures use appropriate radiation safety procedures i e close collimator blades etc 80kVp 40mAs 4 When the Heat Units go below 95 a tone is heard 5 Return the Tube Alarm to 20 default Select COMMIT 6 Resetthe system Section 7 2 Testing electrical safety Perform ground resistance testing amp leakage testing only in the c
134. F NOT AVOIDED COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY Caution Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in minor or moderate injury It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices NOTICE Indicates information or a company policy that relates directly or indirectly to the safety of personnel or protection of property This signal word is associated directly with a hazard or hazardous situation and is used in place of DANGER WARNING or CAUTION It can include Preface Page 13 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN e Destruction of a disk drive Potential for internal mechanical damage such as to a X ray tube Symbols and Pictorials Used The following Symbols and Pictorials are be used in this publication These graphical icons symbols may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could possibly cause harm MA LA CAUTION FAWARNING tt keep_up magnetic biohazard compressgas ppe hearing amp impact corrosive heavyobject ppe 2people e y static elec general ppe respitory radiation poisongas 9 explosive electrical flammable A crush mechanical tipping Read Manual 5 2 5 c 2 o o 3 o entanglement Page 14 Preface GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA
135. Figure 6 5 A 6mm Allen wrench or adapter for ratchet is required for the adjustment litem Description 1 Column detent eccentric adjustment Figure 6 5 Column detent eccentric adjustment 3 Locate the column detent lock nut Figure 6 6 Item 1 at the bottom of the column under side of the chassis While holding the eccentric adjustment from the top loosen the detent lock nut with a 3 4 wrench or socket Page 112 Section 6 1 Column related assemblies GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN litem Description 1 Column detent lock nut Figure 6 6 Column detent lock nut 4 detent is adjusted through the use of an eccentric using a 6 mm Allen wrench Rotate the eccentric to adjust the left to right positioning of the tube latch pin located on bottom of the horizontal arm such that it squarely aligns with the tube latch assembly located on top of the Thorax See Figure 6 7 Chapter 6 Mechanical adjustment procedures Page 113 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 1 Tube latch assembly 2 Tube latch pin Figure 6 7 Column detent latch alignment 5 While holding the eccentric adjustment in position to prevent movement torque the 3 4 column detent lock nut to 18N m 13 3 Ib ft 6 Using the collimator left right lock switches to d
136. GE Healthcare Optima XR200amx XR220amx System Manual Direction 5336122 1EN Rev 12 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN ATTENTION LES APPAREILS A RAYONS X SONT DANGEREUX A LA FOIS POUR LE PATIENT ET POURLE MANIPULATEUR SI LES MESURES DE PROTECTION NE SONT PAS STRICTEMENT APPLIQUEES Bien que cet appareil soit construit selon les normes de s curit les plus severes la source de rayonnement X repr sente un danger lorsque le manipulateur est non qualifi ou non averti Une exposition excessive au rayonnement X entraine des dommages a l organisme Par cons quent toutes les pr cautions doivent tre prises pour viter que les personnes non autoris es ou non qualif es utilisent cet appareil cr ant ainsi un danger pour les autres et pour elles m mes Avant chaque manipulation les personnes qualifi es et autoris es se servir de cet appareil doivent se renseigner sur les mesures ion etablies par la Commission Internation rotection Radiologique Annales 26 Recomman ommission Internationale sure la Protecti e et les normes nationales en vigueur WARNING OTH PATIENT AND OPE dards of electrical an authorized or unqu ed to operate this equip ical Prote LOS APARATOS DE RAYOS X SON PELIGROS IENTE Y EL MANIPULADOR CUANDO LAS NORMAS DE PROTECCION NO ESTAN OBSERV Aunque este aparato est construido seg n las normas de seguridad m s estrictas la r
137. HV Tube Grease GE part 46 125224P3 Silicon Grease or equivalent Page 344 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 gt l CRUSH HAZARD OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 6 2 3 Replacement parts Item Tube mount friction side anode side Quantity 1 Note 1 A newer version of this part has been introduced It is not backward compatible with the original version If replacing the original version you must replacement BOTH sides with the newer version The newer version is physically longer Mixing old and new versions results in tube attachment mis alignment See Figure 8 146 for identification of mounts Item Description 1 A thickness notch in this location identifies a newer version tube mount Figure 8 146 Tube mount identification Note 2 The yolk mounting fasteners for the new version are longer than the original version These fasteners are provided with the new version replacement part and MUST be used 8 6 6 2 4 Safety The column vertical lock must be engaged before any weight i e horizontal arm X ray tube collimator is removed from the vertical carriage 8 6 6 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and front covers See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Remove the collimator See 8 6 9 Collimator Remove the tube covers
138. ION 12 Section A 11 Kodak 8900 printer parameters OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table A 13 Kodak 8900 printer configuration information Tab Attribute Value Comments DICOM Printer Label KODAK8900 Or customer preference Application Entry Title Enter value given by site AE titles may be site specific network administrator check with site Network Address Enter value given by site network administrator Port Number 1024 Port number may be site specific check with site Pixel Depth 12 Printer Pixel Size 38 micron Printer Configuration LUT Ver693c0 w87 6 Information Density Min 20 Max 300 Magnification Type CUBIC Smooth Factor 40 Trim NO Polarity NORMAL Border Density BLACK Empty Image Density BLACK Printer Memory Size 40Mbytes Select desired layouts 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 Check at least one 1 1 more Layouts allowed for this printer as desired Slide formats Printer configuration Page 401 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table A 13 Kodak 8900 printer configuration information Tab Attribute Value Comments 8 x 10in Pixel width 4742 Pixel height 6286 10 x 12in Pixel width 6286 Pixel height 7342 10 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 11 x 14in Pixel width 6712 Pixel height 8896 Film Sizes 14 x 14in Pixel width
139. L 9007 8 x 10 1 2 L 9012 8x10 2 1 L 9011 8x10 2 2 L 9013 Section A 3 Codonics Horizon printer parameters Table 5 Codonics Horizon printer configuration information Tab Attribute Value Comments DICOM Printer Label HORIZON Or customers preference Application Entry Title Enter value given by site AE titles may be site network administrator specific check with site Network Address Enter value given by site network administrator Port Number 104 Port number may be site specific check with site Pixel Depth 12 Printer Pixel Size micron 79 5 Configuration Information LUTZLINEAR Printer Min 0 Max 310 Magnification Type REPLICATE Smooth Factor 0 Not supported Trim NO Polarity NORMAL Border Density BLACK Can also pass OD value of 0 310 Empty Image Density BLACK Can also pass OD value of 0 310 Printer Memory Size 40Mbyte Select the desired layouts Layouts for this printer Slide formats Page 386 Printer configuration GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Table 5 Codonics Horizon printer configuration information OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Tab Attribute Value Comments 8 x 10in Pixel width 2406 Pixel height 2790 10 x 12in Pixel width Pixel height 10 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 11 x 14in Pixel width 3376 Pixel h
140. LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 1 Perform LOTO on the system 2 Disconnect the cable from the Spyder board J7 See Figure 8 28 Item 1 Mem Description 1 Spyder J7 connector 2 BDM fastener Figure 8 28 Shielded Spyder to BDM cable 3 Disconnect the cable from the BDM module 4 Remove the fastener on the left side of the BDM module See Figure 8 28 Item 2 Note There are washers on the front and back of the BDM module These back side washers MUST be used to properly mount the BDM 5 Install the fastener previously removed and tighten securely a Orient the cable ground as shown in Figure 8 28 to prevent accidental shorting b Ensure washers are properly installed both front and rear 6 Connect the grounded cable end to the BDM module 7 Connect the BDM cable to the Spyder J7 connector 8 Remove LOTO Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 179 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5336122 1EN REVISION 12 9 Install system covers 10 Restore system power 8 2
141. LUT tags as follows a Search the DICOM header for tag 0028x3010VOILUTSequence b NoVOILUTSequence tag should be present If a VOILUTSequence is present the image was not sent correctly Resend the image as Burn on Send 9 Record the results in Table 5 4 5 7 3 3 Verifying WC and WW values No Burn Mode PACS Test Image 1 The DICOM header of each PACS Test Image is always sent with WC WW 5226 2654 The values displayed on the PACS may appear differently This is acceptable according to DICOM standards The values can show up as 8192 16384 5226 2654 or something else The most common and preferred implementation is to show values of 8192 16384 on the PACS 1 Open PACS test image 1 2 Verify that the WC WW values are 8192 16384 If the values do not appear as 8192 16384 check that the VOI LUT is enabled on the PACS The VOI LUT often can be enabled with a drop down list on the image or through hanging protocols Note This does not indicate that the PACS does not support VOI LUTs Support for VOI LUTs is strictly determined by the visual appearance of PACS test images 1 and 6 3 Record the results in Table 5 4 see 5 7 4 PACS image comparison results on page 103 Burn on Send Mode PACS Test Image 6 1 Open PACS test image 6 2 Verify that the WC WW values are 8192 16384 If the values do not appear as 8192 16384 check that the VOI LUT is enabled on the PACS The VOI LUT often can be enabled with a drop
142. MX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Drive brake solenoids see Drive on page 35 Tube column amp arm locks amp latches see Tube column and arm on page 35 8 5 4 Firefly charger board 8 5 4 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 4 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 4 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit Anti static ESD kit 8 5 4 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 4 2 3 Replacement parts Item Firefly charger circuit board Quantity 1 8 5 4 2 4 Safety None 8 5 4 2 5 Required conditions Remove the left side cover See 8 1 1 Side cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 229 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 4 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 1 Locate the circuit board See Figure 8 63 Item Description 1 Firefly charger board Figure 8 63 Board identification left side Remove the Firefly board safety shield Disconnect all cables from the circuit board Remove the old circuit board Install the new circuit board Connect al
143. Menu choose Reproducibility and then tap the Back button twice This brings you back to the mGy dose measurement screen When the exposure is less than 5ms The default time on the Piranha is set to 5ms which records a low signal continuously since the exposure time is shorter than 5ms 1 Tapthei symbol 2 Under Conditions Menu select Internal Detector 3 Under Delay drop down menu select Off 7 1 4 4 3 Procedure Data collections for each sample set defined in the tables below consist of 10 exposures each Each sample of 10 exposures must be completed within 1 hour of start There are a total of 60 exposures required to complete this section 1 Position the dose probe 30 cm above the floor to limit scatter effects 2 Position the tube above the probe at a SID of 100 cm 3 Collimate the beam to slightly larger than the dose probe active sensor 4 Select the kV and mAs starting with Sample A in Table 7 15 Table 7 15 kV and mAs values for reproducibility tests 15kW and 30kW generator Selected kV Selected mAs Sample A 80 32 SID 100 cm Sample B 80 40 SID 100 cm 5 Measure the exposure in uGy for each of the 10 exposures Each sample of 10 exposures must be completed within 1 hour of start After each exposure recycle the technique switch to other values and then return them to the original values Also vary the time between exposures to capture any filament heating variations Page
144. OM Printers list and on the print setup screens DICOM printer labels cannot contain spaces in the name Use underscores to separate words DICOM Printer Label DICOM application title provided by the site s network Application Entry Title administrator IP address of the printer provided by the site s network Network Address D administrator Port Number Pu number of the printer May be site specific check with Pixel Depth Resolution of the printer Options are 10 or 12 Designates the pixel size the printer uses This is specified by the printer manufacturer Configuration Information Area for notes about the printer or configuration Density Min Minimum density range Density Max Maximum density range Magnification Type Options are Replicate Bilinear Cubic None Smooth Factor Image smoothing factor Trim Designates whether there is to be trim Yes or No Polarity Options are Normal Reverse Border Density Color of the image border Options are Black White Color of areas that have no image printed Options are Black White Designates the memory size of the printer in Mbytes This is specified by the printer manufacturer Empty Image Density Printer Memory Size Layouts tab Number and layout of images that may be printed on a single sheet of film or paper Some selections control the orientation of the images on the p
145. OM header on PACS image 1 No Burn WW VOI LUT Yes No WC DICOM header on PACS image 6 Burn on Send WW VOI LUT Yes No WC Values displayed on PACS viewer image 1 WW 3 WC Values displayed on PACS viewer image 6 WW Saturation visible in lung or abdomen region Able to see all five squares in top band of image 6 Able to see all five squares in top band of image 1 Images 1 4 5 appear visually identical Images 6 7 8 appear visually identical PACS able to select Normal Harder Softer VOI LUT not present DICOM header on PACS image 9 CR Fallback correct WW WC Table 5 4 PACS image comparison results Chapter 5 Calibration Page 103 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Page 104 Section 5 7 PACS image tests GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Chapter 6 Mechanical adjustment procedures A DANGER AAO THE POTENTIAL FOR INJURY OR DEATH FROM ELECTRICAL AND HAZARDS MECHANICAL HAZARDS IS HIGH CAREFULLY READ AND FOLLOW EXIST INSTRUCTIONS ALWAYS LOTO THE SYSTEM BEFORE ATTEMPTING SERVICE OF ANY KIND AS DESCRIBED IN Chapter 1 Safety Before You Begin Section 6 1 Column related assemblies 6 1 1 Column balance procedure 6 1 1 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 20 6 1 1 2 Preliminary requirements 6 1 1 2 1 Too
146. Observe the USB flashdrive resident certificates in the pull down list next to the ADD button b If there is more than one certificate you will need to select each certificate individually c Click ADD to install the displayed certificate from the drop down list Continue with the site specific configurations as defined by the IT administrator Exit the Configuration utility Remove the USB flashdrive Reset the system 4 2 6 2 Configuring broadcast SSID networks 1 On the Wireless configuration screen confirm that the adapter is ON or ENABLED 2 Select the Current Status tab 3 Click SCAN to find the network Note Some customers may have their network access in a non broadcast mode This may result in strange naming conventions for the scan results Confirm with your IT contact 4 In the Scan Results window double click the network to which you want to connect 5 In the Network Config window some fields are auto populated Depending on the type of authentication used by the network complete the other required information as described in the table below Table 4 7 Authentication type Required fields Static WEP Shared Key authentication e keys Encryption if different than TKIP WPA Personal PSK PSK Chapter 4 Configuration Page 55 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table 4 7 Authenticatio
147. PIX1000 Or customer preference Application Entry Title Enter value given by site AE titles may be site network administrator specific check with site Network Address Enter value given by site network administrator Port Number 104 Port number may be site specific check with site Pixel Depth 12 Printer Pixel Size micron 84 67 Printer Configuration Information CS000 Density Min 20 Max 300 Magnification Type CUBIC Smooth Factor SHARP Trim NO Polarity NORMAL Border Density BLACK Empty Image Density BLACK Printer Memory Size 48Mbyte Select the desired layouts 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 allowed for this printer Layouts Slide formats Not applicable Not supported do not select Page 390 Printer configuration GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Table A 7 Fuji DryPix 1000 printer configuration information OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Tab Attribute Value Comments 8 x 10in Pixel width 2280 Pixel height 2877 10 x 12in Pixel width Pixel height 10 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 11 x 14in Pixel width 2962 Pixel height 4096 Film Sizes 14 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 14 x 17in Pixel width Pixel height 24 x 24cm Pixel width Pixel height 24 x 30cm Pixel width Pixel height Fuji DryPix 1000 general comments The following configurations must be configured by the Fuji printer representativ
148. Procedere alla manutenzione dell apparecchiatura solo dopo aver consultato il presente manuale ed averne compreso il contenuto Il mancato rispetto della presente avvertenza potrebbe causare lesioni all addetto alla manutenzione all operatore o ai pazienti provocate da scosse elettriche urti meccanici o altri rischi FERES N ARANKO Fae 25 MANE Ris OREO ALE CT 2t0c vconrmBi Ed COY EAVHa7 EAL BBS iC BBO E ARADO EOC EIO PEREM SN ST PFAHS SOBA SAM RE OHM it O SOAs apelon eT Sor SS ola olg SHS clot AESH INAS BOA A 52 8 c 2IELSISIes eol MUA MEA SE Ses Se AUS UC ST apkopes rokasgramata ir pieejama tikai anglu valoda klienta apkopes sniedz jam nepiecie ama inform cija cita valoda klienta pien kums ir nodro in t tulkojumu Neveiciet apr kojuma apkopi bez apkopes rokasgr matas izlas anas un sapra anas br din juma neiev ro anas rezult t var rasties elektrisk s str vas trieciena meh nisku vai citu faktoru izrais tu traumu risks apkopes sniedz jam operatoram vai pacientam Sis eksploatavimo vadovas yra tik angl kalba Jei kliento paslaug tiek jas reikalauja vadovo kita kalba ne angl suteikti vertimo paslaugas privalo klientas Nem ginkite atlikti jrangos technin s prie i ros jei neperskait te ar nesupratote io eksploatavimo vadovo
149. R200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 HV cable clamp mounting screws 2 Figure 4 11 HV cable clamp mounting screws e Remove the clamp from the HV cable bundle See Figure 4 12 Figure 4 12 HV cable clamp f Plug the other end of the DAP cable into the J6 bulkhead connector See Figure 4 13 Install cable ties as necessary to secure cable within the bulkhead area Page 76 Section 4 10 Installing hardware options GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Figure 4 13 DAP meter cable attached to J6 on bulkhead Confirm that there is sufficient slack in the DAP cable at the tube collimator assembly a Move the tube collimator assembly through the full range of motion and verify that the DAP cable remains connected to the DAP meter b Once sufficient cable slack is confirmed tighten down the cable ties to secure the DAP cable to the existing cable drape Arrange the cable bundle as shown in Figure 4 14 use a cable tie to maintain cable positions Install the clamp onto the cable bundle DO NOT TIGHTEN THE CLAMP YET Mount the clamp to the Thorax chassis Slide the clamp to the rear of the mounting screw slots Tighten the clamp around the cable bundle ensuring that the cables are not pinched by the clamp Chapter 4 Configuration Page 77 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 EJ
150. SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 39 3 Procedure 1 See Figure 8 118 Remove the four mounting screws Item 1 to separate the front bin Item 2 from the inner front bin Item 3 Item Description 1 Mounting screws 2 Front bin 3 Inner front bin 4 Wipes hold down support 5 Filler blank Figure 8 118 Front bin assembly 2 oar w Replace the old part front bin or inner front bin with the new part and re assemble the components To prevent stripping out the wipes hold down support Item 4 and fillter blank Item 5 holes do not over tighten the screws Install the front bin assembly Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the top cover Install the side covers 8 5 39 4 Finalization None Page 314 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator 8 6 1 Engaging vertical lock 8 6 1 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 5 8 6 1 2 Preliminary requirements 8 6 1 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 6 1 2 2 Consumables None 8 6 1 2 3 Replacement parts Item None Quantity None 8 6 1 2 4 Safety e column vertical lock must be engaged before any weight i e horizontal arm X ray tube collimator is removed from the vertical carriage 8
151. Some cables are accessed replaced from outside the chassis some from inside the chassis Refer to Table 8 1 for a summary of the cables and the associated generator hardware they are connected to Table 8 1 Beetle Djinn set of cables Description The cables listed below are accessed from outside the Thorax assembly The side covers and front covers must be removed to provide access Shielded cable assy Main Aux Module 15kW to Power Module Cable Power Module Filament Board to Main Aux Module 15kW The cables listed below are accessed from inside the Thorax assembly The side covers and rear bin assembly must be removed to provide access If present the Optional Power Module 30kW must be unbolted and moved aside to access the connections on the rear of the HV Tank Cable Power Module Filament Board to HV Tank Flat ribbon cable Power Module Control Board to HV Tank Cable Power Module to HV Tank very short Cable Power Module to HV Tank short Ground cable Main Aux Module 15kW to Opt Aux Module 30kW UNUSED Ground cable Main Aux Module 15kW to Power Module UNUSED Ground cable Power Module to HV Tank UNUSED 2 Replace each cable individually one at a time 3 For each cable a If present remove cable clamps and or cut cable ties that are constraining the cable b Disconnect each end of the cable c Remove the cable and set aside
152. Source to image distance Distance from the X ray tube focal spot to the image plane or film cassette System power ground point Service user interface 1 N m 0 738 ft lbs 8 85 in Ibs User interface Upper specification limit Page 406 2011 General Electric Company GE Medical Systems a General Electric Company going to market as GE Healthcare 3000 N Grandview Boulevard Waukesha Wisconsin 53188 USA www gehealthcare com
153. Static is selected enter associated information in IP Address Subnet Mask and DNS fields System IP address IP Add Fixed Onl da ucc Enabled only if Wired IP Settings is set to Static System subnet mask Subnet Mask Fixed Onl be eee een Enabled only if Wired IP Settings is set to Static Default gateway Default Gat Fixed Onl Ue ie gue Enabled only if Wired IP Settings is set to Static Site domain name server Static DNS S 1 ix did Enabled only if Wired IP Settings is set to Static Site domain name server Static DNS S 2 aue ermen Enabled only if Wired IP Settings is set to Static Application Entity Title for DICOM AE Title Fixed Only Fixed value Software port used for network communications Port Number Fixed Only Fixed value 4 2 3 General configuration If the site is using a master time server see 4 2 10 Time Server configuration on page 60 some settings in this section are superceded by the master clock server data Table 4 4 General tab parameters Parameter Definition Timezone Time zone of site where system is installed System Clock System time in YYYYMMDD HH MM SS format Date Display Format MM DD YYYY or DD MM YYYY Time Display Format Military 24 hour or AM PM 12 hour Country Code Country where system is installed A list of selectable countries The system auto configures to the correct regulatory approved formats and frequ
154. TDOWN when the system presents the Degraded mode screen 7 Login to system 8 Open a terminal window and become root xruser imagic su Password superxr At prompt type ifconfig more Confirm the brO IP Address is XXX XXX 3 1 where XXX XXX equals the address range selected above 9 test network connectivity perform a C Echo test to one or more of the Network Hosts 10 This step applies to Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with Digital Upgrade only Verify that all connected detectors boot successfully Verify that you can take an exposure on all available receptors 11 This step applies to Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with Digital Upgrade only Verify the Detector Wireless connection is active by acquiring an image 12 Perform the Snapshot Tool Configuration Page 80 Section 4 13 IP Address Change Procedure GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 4 13 1 Snapshot Tool Configuration To ensure that the Auto Snapshot Tool works after changing the IP Address 1 2 Open a terminal window using CTRL SHIFT F5 and click on the terminal window icon Switch to root by entering the following text at the prompt su superxr Open Firefox Browser by typing the following command firefox http localhost snapshot Manual Snapshot html Click on SNAPSHOT PREFERENCES See Figure 4 15 Figure 4 15 Snapshot Preferences Manual Snapshot Repeat Steps
155. TO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 8 4 2 3 1 Battery Integration Procedure 1 Before you restore the system power you must configure the unit in Safe Mode charge 2 Set jumper J17 on the Firefly board to the Safe position pins 2 and 3 Page 188 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Note OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN BREAKER I F FIELD LIGHT SWITCH SYPDER INTERFACE 24V POWER lt
156. TPOTIANEIAa urxaviko g rj GAAOUG KIVOUVOUG Ezen karbantart si k zik nyv kiz r lag angol nyelven rhet el Ha a vev6 szolg ltat ja angolt l elt r nyelvre tart ig nyt akkor a vev felel ss ge a ford t s elk szittet se Ne pr b lja elkezdeni hasznalni a berendez st am g a karbantartasi k zik nyvben le rtakat nem rtelmezt k Ezen figyelmeztet s figyelmen k v l hagy sa a szolg ltat m k dtet vagy a beteg ram t s mechanikai vagy egy b vesz lyhelyzet miatti s r l s t eredm nyezheti essi j nustuhandb k er a eins f anleg ensku Ef a j nustuveitandi vi skiptamanns arfnast annas tungum ls en ensku er a skylda vi skiptamanns a skaffa tungum la j nustu Reyni ekki a afgrei a t ki nema a essi j nustuhandb k hefur veri sko u og skilin Brot sinna essari a v run getur leitt til mei sla j nustuveitanda stj rnanda e a sj klings fr raflosti v lr nu e a rum h ttum Page 4 Preface GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 AVVERTENZA IT BRIDINAJUMS LV JSPEJIMAS LT ADVARSEL NO OSTRZEZENIE PL AVISO PT BR ATENGAO PT PT OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN ll presente manuale di manutenzione disponibile soltanto in lingua inglese Se un addetto alla manutenzione richiede il manuale in una lingua diversa il cliente tenuto a provvedere direttamente alla traduzione
157. TRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 1 Locate the circuit board See Figure 8 63 2 Remove the Firefly safety shield 3 Locate the bad fuse See Figure 8 64 Item Description F5 Power in for Mantis from batteries 15A time delay 300vdc 600vac F6 Power in for collimator lamp power supply from batteries 3 15A time delay 5x20mm 250V 1 5kA interrupt ceramic Figure 8 64 Firefly board fuses Remove the old fuse Install the new fuse Install Firefly board safety shield Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the left side cover c B Oo 003 8 5 5 4 Finalization Perform the following functional checks e Charging see Charging page 35 Page 232 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 6 Cricket battery board 8 5 6 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 6 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 6 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit Anti static ESD kit 8 5 6 2 2 Consumables Cable ties 8 5 6 2 3 Replacement parts Item Cricket battery circuit board Quantity 1 8 5 6 2 4 Saf
158. Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 26 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current 1 Locate the Mantis power supply See Figure 8 94 ie 13 PES Item Description 1 Mantis power supply Figure 8 94 Mantis power supply Disconnect all cables 3 connections from the power supply Remove the old power supply 4 nuts Install the new power supply Connect all cables to the power supply Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the left side cover N Oa PWN 8 5 26 4 Finalization Perform the following functional checks Charging see Charging on page 35 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 277 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 27 EMI filter 8 5 27 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 27 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 27 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 5 27 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 27 2 3 Replacement parts Item EMI filter Quantity 1 8 5 27 2 4 Safety None 8 5 27 2 5 Required conditions Remove the left side cover See 8 1 1 Side cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Page 278 Sec
159. VISION 12 Note Table A 8 Fuji DryPix 3000 printer configuration information OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Tab Attribute Value Comments 8 x 10in Pixel width Pixel height 10 x 12in Pixel width Pixel height 10 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 11 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height Film Sizes 14 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 14 x 17in Pixel width 4072 Pixel height 4972 24 x 24cm Pixel width Pixel height 24 x 30cm Pixel width Pixel height Fuji DryPix 3000 general comments The following configurations must be configured by the Fuji printer representative to print correctly sized images LUT1 as SAR17 for calling AE TITLE Trim width at 1 pixel for calling AE TITLE Globally configure a margin between image for 0 pixels Globally configure Image layout for spread A densitometer filter FUJI part number 605S0003 must be used when performing printer calibration Only 14x17 film should be used with this printer Any other film size used may print films with incorrect measurements Printer configuration Page 393 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Section A 7 Fuji DryPix 7000 printer parameters Table A 9 Fuji DryPix 7000 printer configuration information
160. X SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN WARNING This service manual is available in English only EN e customer s service provider requires a language other than English it is the customer s responsibility to provide translation services Do not attempt to service the equipment unless this service manual has been consulted and is understood Failure to heed this warning may result in injury to the service provider operator or patient from electric shock mechanical or other hazards e BG AKO e ETE FI pe D a XC CAS ZH CN WRAP NIRE ROS A DUAE SEIT GEE IRS
161. X ray field alignment specification by site Site location Total misalignment Within the U S Not to exceed 1 8 of SID Be sure to follow the instructions for Optima XR200amx or Optima XR220amx as appropriate For example the Optima XR200amx uses a cassette as a receptor whereas the Optima XR220amx uses a digital detector This procedure requires a light to X ray test pattern GE p n 46 303843P1 7 1 3 2 1 Preliminary test light field accuracy Note If this test fails then the Light to X ray field alignment test on page 118 will fail 1 Place the X ray receptor on a flat horizontal surface such as a table or floor 40 inches from the source 2 Place the light to X ray field test pattern on the receptor and center it squarely 3 Align the X ray tube to the receptor 4 Set the source to image distance SID to 40 inches 5 Use the collimator dials to adjust the light field settings to 10 X 10 inches on the collimator scales 6 Tum on the field light and squarely center the crosshair on the test pattern 7 Minimize the room lights 8 SeeFigure 7 1 Measure the light field projection edges on the test pattern marks to the 10 X 10 inches test pattern scale for each North South East and West vector This is the error measurement If the light field is outside the test pattern scale record it as a positive value If the light field is inside the test pattern scale record it as a negative
162. XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 2 4 3 PM Procedures PM procedures are divided into the following groups 1 ce Visual inspection See Table 2 1 Visual inspection on page 34 Functional Checks See Table 2 2 Functional checks on page 35 Cleaning See Table 2 3 Cleaning on page 36 Calibration See Table 2 4 Calibration on page 37 HHS Tests See 2 4 3 7 HHS tests US only or as required by local regulations on page 41 Table 2 1 Visual inspection Component Top Cover Procedure Time Est Switch and display markings are clearly legible 1 min Inspect touch screen and top cover surface for wear or damage Replace as necessary Collimator Field light switch and field size knobs are not loose or damaged 2 min Guard arms are perpendicular to collimator bottom SID indicating tape is attached to left side of collimator Rating plate is installed on right side of collimator Rating plate is legible Rotation Lock is secure and undamaged Must be no movement between collimator and tube unit Inspect collimator rail stop and plate spring release hardware X ray Tube Tube Focal Spot label is present remove top Tube cover 10 min Body Drive handle is free from sharp edges 5 min Tube support column is tight and solid in its mounting Inspect wheels for damage Verify external covers are properly secured Inspect and tighten any loose fasteners External C
163. a PACS supports VOI LUT No Burn GE Centricity RA1000 v1 0 v2 0 v2 1 Burn on Send GE Pathspeed v7 12 8 0 GE Centricity RA600 v6 1 7 0 GE AW v3 1 4 0 GE Radworks v5 1 Kodak DirectView v4 3 GE Pathspeed v8 1 or later Kodak DirectView v5 1 5 2 McKesson HRS v3 3 3 3 2 Kodak Directview CEMAX ICON v4 3 Fuji Synapse v3 0 3 1 Merge eFilm v2 0 Agfa IMPAX v4 5 5 2 Stentor iSite v3 0 v3 3 1 Philips Siemens Magic View 300 RealTime iPACS Viewer v5 0 VA Vista Picker Neusoft v3 0 Thinking Systems Table 5 2 PACS support of VOI LUT Page 100 Section 5 7 PACS image tests GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 5 7 3 Optional PACS tests Perform the following tests to obtain further information for troubleshooting 5 7 3 1 Sending all PACS test images 1 Send all nine images to PACS and follow the test instructions in Table 5 3 Send images 1 5 as No Burn Send images 76 8 as Burn on Send If the site is interested in exploring CR Fallback as an option configure the PACS for CR fallback with help from the local IT team Then send image 9 as No Burn Image Platform Send Annotation notes 1 All No Burn None Test No Burn mode 2 All No Burn None Identical to 1 3 All No Burn None Identical to 1 4 All No Burn Text Test annotations 5 Al
164. a XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade systems only 8 5 13 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 15 8 5 13 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 13 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit Security TORX bit 8 5 13 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 13 2 3 Replacement parts Item Wireless USB host radio board Quantity 1 8 5 13 2 4 Safety None 8 5 13 2 5 Required conditions Remove the X ray tube top cover See 8 1 7 Tube head cover removal Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 249 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 13 3 Procedure 1 See Figure 8 74 At the rear of the lower cover Item 2 remove the two mounting screws Item 1 Item Description 1 Mounting screws 2 Lower tube cover 3 Wireless USB host radio board 4 X ray tube Figure 8 74 Wireless USB host radio board 2 Remove the Wireless USB Host Radio Board assembly from the lower cover Unplug the USB cable from the circuit board Item 3 4 Remove the 4 nuts and replace the old circuit board with the new circuit board Install and tighten the nuts 5 Plug the USB cable into the circuit board 6 Install the assembly into the lower cover 7 Install the tube upper cover e 8 5 13 4 Finalization None 8 5 14 Whip antenna Applies to Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade systems only 8 5
165. a range of IP addresses or a masked subnet Select ADD FILTER to apply your changes Allowed Nodes tab Used to set up filters to allow all traffic from specified nodes You can specify a particular IP address a range of IP addresses or a masked subnet Allowed IPs Lists current filters by IP Remove Existing Filters Select the Delete box checkbox next to the filter to delete then select DELETE EXISTING FILTERS Add New Filter In the Allowed IPs field specify a particular IP address a range of IP addresses or a masked subnet Select ADD FILTER to apply your changes DICOM tab Used to add DICOM port numbers all IP addresses are allowed DICOM access the DICOM application may limit access by IP You can add multiple DICOM ports Allowed DICOM Ports Lists current DICOM ports by number Remove Existing Filters Select the Delete box checkbox next to the port to delete then select DELETE EXISTING FILTERS Add New Filter In the Allowed Port field specify a particular DICOM port Select ADD FILTER to apply your changes Expert tab Used to set up detailed filters by port protocol and node lock source Used only by advanced IT users Name Port Protocol Lists current filters by name port number protocol and IP Remove Existing Filters Select the Delete box checkbox next to the filter to delete then select DELETE EXISTING FILTERS
166. a world wide organization that provides skilled X ray service If desired arrangements can usually be made to furnish periodic and or emergency service on a contract basis A General Electric representative will be glad to discuss this plan Section 2 2 Planned maintenance schedule The system does not require any planned maintenance PM to be performed for a 13 month period following installation PM schedules should begin in the 13th month that follows the system s installation anniversary date Following the 13th month PM should be performed every 12 months The hand switch MUST be replaced at least once every 3 years Section 2 3 System performance Customer discussion Discuss the system performance with the customer to determine if there are any existing issues Section 2 4 Planned maintenance procedures 2 4 1 Before you begin safety precautions Never use solvents or flammable solutions to clean components Never immerse any parts in water or cleaning solutions apply any liquids to a clean cloth and then use the cloth on the component Always unplug the computer when cleaning with liquids or damp cloths A Always unplug the computer before cleaning the air vents 2 4 2 Tools required e Standard tool kit Dose meter kVp meter Hioki ground tester or equivalent Dale leakage current tester or equivalent Chapter 2 Planned Maintenance Page 33 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX
167. able back through the cable drape to the Thorax bulkhead attaching cable ties at the marks placed in Step 4 above 17 Arrange the cable bundle as shown in Figure 8 142 use a cable tie to maintain cable positions 18 Install the clamp onto the cable bundle DO NOT TIGHTEN THE CLAMP YET 19 Mountthe clamp to the Thorax chassis Slide the clamp to the rear of the mounting screw slots 20 Tighten the clamp around the cable bundle ensuring that the cables are not pinched by the clamp Page 336 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 NOTICE A OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 DAP cable optional for Optima XR200amx systems 2 Wireless cable only valid for Optima XR220amx systems 3 Vertical brake cable 4 Horizontal arm lock cable Figure 8 142 Correct cable bundle arrangement 21 Plug the horizontal arm brake cable into J1 on the Thorax bulkhead Examine the steel cables at the top of the column to ensure proper tension has been maintained prior to unlocking the vertical carriage If the safety lock has been engaged disengaging the vertical carriage lock can result in uncontrolled cable tension and or equipment damage resulting in column replacement For details on releasing the safety lock see Column Replacement 8 6 2 3 Procedure on page 318 22 Unlock the vertical carriage 23 Install
168. ables Inspect cables for damage 1 min System Rating Plates Verify all rating plates are present and legible 1 min X ray control Generator X ray tube on the outside of the unit next to the main breaker switch Beam limiting device on the side of the collimator User Interface Inspect for damage 5 min Verify that all labels are legible Verify that all LEDs are functional Power Cord Verify good condition of power cord reel cord and plug 15 min Hand Switch Inspect the cord for nicks cuts or severe pinching of the cord sheath 2 min and exposed wires at the RJ 11 connector due to sheath damage If any of these conditions are observed replace the cord Inspect the hand switch for accumulation of dirt contrast material damage to the plastic housing or loosening in the plastic housing Page 34 Section 2 4 Planned maintenance procedures GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table 2 2 Functional checks Component Hand Switch Procedure Repeatedly press the hand switch buttons exposure prepare button and collimator button to check that the switch moves smoothly from inactive to active positions Replace the hand switch if the buttons motion is not smooth or if buttons are sticking NOTE The hand switch MUST be replaced at least once in every 3 years Time Est 2 min Charging Plug uni
169. adiacion X constituye un peligro al ser manipulado por personas no autorizadas o incompetentes Una explosicion excesiva la radiaci n X puede causar da os al organismo Por consiguiente se deber n tomar todas la no autorizadas utilicen este aparato lo qu Antes de efectuar las manipulaciones I informarse sobre las normas de prote No 26 Recomendaciones de la Comi ara evitar que las personas incompetentes o y para si mismas s en el uso de este aparato deber n al de la Protecci n Radiol gica Anales iol gica y normas nacionales RONTGENAPPARATE SIN GELTENDEN SICHERHEI Dieser Apparat entspricht in s Handen unbefugter oder unquali berm fiige R ntgenbestrahlung ist f r Deswegen sind hinreichende Vorsichtsmaf nahmen erforderlich um zu verhindern daf unbefugte oder unqualifizierte Personen solche Ger te bedienen oder sich selbst und andere Personen deren Bestrahlung aussetzen k nnen Vor Inbetriebnahme dieses Apparats solite sich das qualifizierte und befugte Bedienungspersonal mit den geltenden Kriterien f r den gefahrlosen Strahleneinsatz durch sorgf ltiges Studium des Hefts Nr 26 der Internationalen Kommission f r Strahlenschutz ICRP vertraut machen Empfehlungen der Internationalen Kommission f r Strahlenschutz und anderer nationaler Normenbeh rden GSPERSONAL WENN DIE ichereitsnormen doch in den Page 2 Warning GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Important information OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AM
170. age For example two images per page may be side by side or one above the other Select the desired layouts allowed for this printer Slide formats available for the printer if any Options are 35 Slide formats or 40 mm Film Sizes tab Select the sizes of film available for this printer and enter the pixel width W and pixel height H Pixel width and height values are provided by the printer manufacturer based on what the printer supports Printer Settings tab Chapter 4 Configuration Page 65 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table 4 14 Add Printer screen parameter descriptions Attribute Value Of Copies Print Mode Magnification Format Orientation Media Type Destination Media Size 6 Press SAVE 7 Repeat this process for each printer the site wants to add 4 4 2 2 Removing printers Follow these instructions to remove a printer 1 the Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button 2 Onthe Utilities desktop next to Network Connections press EDIT 3 the Network Connections window in the DICOM Printers section select the printer connection to delete and press REMOVE A message appears Are you sure you want to remove printer name 4 Press YES to remove the printer connection Section 4 5 Image management Image management parameters let the site control how i
171. age 90 Perform the following HHS checks kV accuracy see 7 1 4 2 Testing kVp accuracy on page 122 mAs Accuracy see 7 1 4 3 Testing mAs accuracy on page 124 Reproducability see 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure on page 127 Linearity see 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure on page 127 8 5 23 Djinn HV tank 8 5 23 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 6 hrs Page 268 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 23 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 23 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 5 23 2 2 Consumables Silicone oil GE P N LNR8733 8 5 23 2 3 Replacement parts Item Djinn HV Tank Quantity 1 8 5 23 2 4 Safety None 8 5 23 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the rear bin See 8 1 5 Rear bin removal Remove the front covers See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 8 5 23 3 Procedure gt o ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current 1 Locate the power module HV tank assembly See Figure 8 85 Note that the power module and HV tank are on a mounting bracket that must be removed as an assembly 2 Disconnect all cables from the front and rear of the power module HV ta
172. aging vertical lock Remove the collimator See 8 6 9 1 Collimator replacement Remove the HV cables from the X ray tube wells Protect the HV cables to prevent damage Disconnect the rotor cable from the generator J6 connector and free the rotor cable from the cable drape marking the location of the cable ties 6 SeeFigure 8 149 Remove the three tube yoke mounting screws Item 1 from the horizontal arm Item 2 ak WN Item Description 1 Tube yoke mounting screws 3 used 2 Horizontal arm 3 X ray tube yoke assembly Figure 8 149 X ray tube mount 7 the front of the X ray tube assembly upward and slide the assembly out of the horizontal arm Set the assembly on the work surface Page 350 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 SeeFigure 8 150 Remove the eight tube mount screws Item 6 from the yoke Item 5 Item Description 1 End cap mounting screws 4 used on each end cap Cathode end cap and tube mount Anode end cap and tube mount X ray tube Yoke Tube mount screws 4 used on each side Figure 8 150 X ray tube mount Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 351 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 NOTICE A 9 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM
173. ailed system functionality Recovery requires a complete firmware download and system calibrations Page 246 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 12 System PC 8 5 12 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 12 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 12 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit ESD kit e External optical drive 8 5 12 2 2 Consumables 8 5 12 2 3 Replacement parts Item System PC Quantity 1 8 5 12 2 4 Safety None 8 5 12 2 5 Required conditions e Remove the side covers and the top cover See 8 1 2 Top cover removal Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 247 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 12 3 Procedure 1 Perform LOTO on the system Locate the detector power supply assembly See Figure 8 73 Remove the two nuts at both ends of the mounting bracket Locate the System PC See Figure 8 73 ALN aE Description 1 System PC 2 Detector power supply assembly Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade only 3 LVLE2 Low Voltage Low Energy power supply Figure 8 73 Assembly identification under top cover Disconnect all cables up to 10 connections depending on configuration from the PC Remove the remaining two mounting nuts from
174. al process 10 Carefully lift the old collimator off of the X ray tube and set it aside 11 On the new collimator a Close the collimator blades b Rotate the handle of the rotation lock set counterclockwise until the lock finger cannot be rotated any more c Open the suspending lock set covers and pull out the three lock fingers until they lock in the extended position d Liftthe collimator by holding the handle then rotate the collimator 180 degrees so that the lead cone is facing downward and its axis is perpendicular to tube flange s mounting surface 12 Putthe collimator on the tube Make sure the lead cone does not touch the tube flange during this step 13 Press the three buttons on the top of the three suspending lock sets to let the lock fingers pop out DROP HAZARD MAKE SURE THERE IS NO RED COLOR VISIBLE AT THE BACK OF EACH SUSPENDING LOCK SET AFTER PRESSING THE SUSPENDING LOCK BUTTONS 14 Install the three suspending lock set covers and six screws the collimator can be rotated so that the suspending lock set is oriented towards the rear of the X ray tube this will make it easier to install the screws and covers 15 Turn the handle of the rotation lock set until the black line on the handle shaft aligns to the back surface of the rotation lock set 16 Check the installation thoroughly for correct and safe mounting Examine the steel cables at the top of the column to ensure proper tension has been maintained prio
175. alization 1 The system will report a BDM Mismatch error detected with 2 selections RESTORE and CANCEL Make sure you select RESTORE to have the Board Data Module upload the correct contents to the Djinn generator Failure to do so will result in erratic or failed system functionality Recovery requires a complete firmware download and system calibrations 2 Perform the following calibrations Filament see 5 3 1 Setting filament drive level on page 90 3 Perform the following HHS checks kV accuracy see 7 1 4 2 Testing kVp accuracy on page 122 mAs Accuracy see 7 1 4 3 Testing mAs accuracy on page 124 Reproducability see 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure on page 127 Linearity see 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure on page 127 8 5 24 Djinn 30kW auxiliary module 8 5 24 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 24 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 24 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 5 24 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 24 2 3 Replacement parts Item Djinn auxiliary module Quantity 1 8 5 24 2 4 Safety 8 5 24 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the rear bin See 8 1 5 Rear bin removal Remove the front covers See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 271 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX
176. an be removed For the smaller connectors use a screwdriver to press on the release latch on the side of the connector body Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 235 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 3 Remove the mounting screws two on each side from the plastic safety shield Note Remove the cable ties from the bottom of the safety shield only if necessary 4 Locate the bad fuse See Figure 8 66 Item Description F1 Charge fuse F2 Drive fuse 1 F3 Drive fuse 2 Figure 8 66 Cricket board fuses Remove the old fuse and replace it with the new fuse Install the plastic safety shield and cable cable ties Connect the cables to the circuit board Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the front covers 0 Install the side covers l2 o0mDomxNOoss 8 5 7 4 Finalization Perform the following functional checks e Charging see Charging page 35 Drive see Drive on page 35 Page 236 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 8 Hornet UIF board 8 5 8 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 45 8 5 8 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 8 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit Anti static ESD kit 8 5 8 2 2 Consumables Cable ties 8 5 8 2 3 Replacement
177. and adjust the mechanical alignment of the park latch assembly and arm yoke for the arm retracted position for smooth and repeatable operation See 6 1 2 Tube latch to arm pin adjustment procedure on page 108 Check and adjust the Column Balance See 6 1 1 Column balance procedure on page 105 Perform the following HHS checks Light field to X ray field alignment see 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment on page 117 Perform the following functional checks Tube column and see Tube column and arm on page 35 X ray see X ray on page 36 This step applies to Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade systems only Perform QAP See the Optima XR220amx Operator Manual Quality Assurance and Maintenance chapter 8 4 7 Rear bin kickplate 8 4 7 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 20 8 4 7 2 Preliminary requirements 8 4 7 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 4 7 2 2 Consumables None 8 4 7 2 3 Replacement parts Item Kickplate Quantity 1 8 4 7 2 4 Safety None Page 214 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 7 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers See 8 1 1 Side cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 215 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANU
178. andscape Slide formats Not applicable Not supported do not select Printer configuration Page 397 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table A 11 Kodak 8500 printer configuration information Tab Attribute Value Comments 8 x 10in Pixel width Pixel height 10 x 12in Pixel width Pixel height 10 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 11 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height Film Sizes 14 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 14 x 17in Pixel width 3388 Pixel height 4277 24 x 24cm Pixel width Pixel height 24 x 30cm Pixel width Pixel height Page 398 Printer configuration GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL Section A 10 Kodak 8700 printer parameters DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table A 12 Kodak 8700 printer configuration information Tab Attribute Value Comments DICOM Printer Label KODAK8700 Or customer preference Application Entry Title Enter value given by site AE titles may be site network administrator specific check with site Network Address Enter value given by site network administrator Port Number 1024 Port number may be site specific check with site Pixel Depth 12 Printer Pixel Size micron 78 1 Printer Configuration Information LUT Wkstn2a w87 2 no spaces Density Min 20 Max 300 Ma
179. arm X ray tube collimator is removed from the vertical carriage 8 6 2 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the front covers See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Remove the column skirt covers See 8 1 6 Column skirt cover removal 8 6 2 3 Procedure Note The carriage safety lock system is designed to limit downward motion of the horizontal arm tube assembly should an event occur where there is an imbalance in the counterweight system In this situation the carriage safety lock will engage to prevent the horizontal arm tube assembly from falling downward However the horizontal arm tube assembly can be ratcheted upwards when the carriage safety lock is engaged Always be certain of the cause of the carriage safety lock engagement before disengaging the carriage safety lock If the carriage safety lock has engaged due to a problem in the counterweight system it is critical to resolve that problem before disengaging the carriage safety lock When performing the column replacement procedure it is possible that the carriage safety lock may become engaged if the carriage assembly is lifted upwards while the column vertical lock is engaged This is the only situation where the procedure below should be applied Page 318 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 533
180. as been maintained prior to unlocking the vertical carriage If the safety lock has been engaged disengaging the vertical carriage lock can result in uncontrolled cable tension and or equipment damage resulting in Page 352 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN column replacement For details on releasing the safety lock see Column Replacement 8 6 2 3 Procedure on page 318 17 Unlock the vertical carriage 18 Install the column top cover 19 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 20 Install the front covers 21 Install the side covers 8 6 7 4 Finalization 1 Perform the following HHS checks Light field to X ray field alignment see 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment on page 117 2 For Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with Digital Upgrade Perform QAP refer to the Installation Manual Chapter 6 Detector checks and QAP 8 6 8 Toshiba X ray tube 8 6 8 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 6 hrs 8 6 8 2 Preliminary requirements 8 6 8 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 6 8 2 2 Consumables Loctite 271 GE part 46 170684P1 or equivalent HV Tube Grease GE part 46 125224P3 Silicon Grease or equivalent 8 6 8 2 3 Replacement parts Item Toshiba X ray tube Quantity 1 8 6 8 2 4 Sa
181. ases outlined in Table 7 18 Site location Perform ground testing Perform leakage testing Yes if you replace a damaged plug Within the United States or power cord or incoming AC Yes circuitry Yes if you replace the standard U S style plug with a regionally Outside of the United States compliant plug or if you replace a Yes damaged plug or power cord or incoming AC circuitry Table 7 18 Test requirements 7 2 1 Performing ground resistance testing Ground resistance testing must be performed if the AC power plug has been replaced or disturbed Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 131 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN A DANGER A RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK Voltage present Disconnect the AC charging plug from any wall outlet power source 7 2 1 1 Gathering test equipment Obtain a Hioki 3157 grounding tester or equivalent For sites in Europe use the cables that are provided with the Hioki tester For sites outside of Europe obtain the following Two green yellow ground stranded wire cables Cable A 2 5 mm 12 AWG 3 m 9 8 ft Cable B 2 5 mm 12 AWG 5 m 16 4 ft Two lugs to fit 0 64 cm 0 25 in terminals to the meter end of each cable Figure 7 6 Two clamps to fit onto the other end of the cables Figure 7 6 Figure 7 6 Lug and clamp on ground wire 7 2 1 2 Attaching test cables 1 Onthetester loosen both the c
182. assembly also known as source assembly Per the technical data sheet the Leakage Technique Factor is 150 kV 0 4 mA This is used by Toshiba for their bench testing The technique for this mobile system is 125 kV 250 mAs The details as to why and how are explicitly defined at the end of this section This content applies to the Optima XR220amx Optima XR200amx Optima XR200 with Digital Upgrade and the Brivo XR285amx products 7 3 4 Common Errors most common error identified is incorrect meter settings Many test meters have the ability to perform what they define as Dose Rate Dose Accumulate or some similar verbiage measurements However these settings are not applicable to our system as described above Ensure your test meter is configured for a single measurement and zeroed as applicable Reset the meter for each subsequent exposure e Another common error is poor positioning of the probe Care should be taken to ensure the probe is positioned perpendicular to the focal spot at a 1 meter distance See Figure 7 20 Ensure the collimator blades are closed and block the collimator port with at least 10 HVL equivalence of lead 3 mm or more to block the primary beam limiting scatter radiation noise in the readings See Figure 7 20 Ensure your units of measure conversions are correct 7 3 5 X Ray Tube Leakage Radiation Requirement Tube Leakage Radiation 0 88 mGy hr at 1m from focal spot 125 kV 250 mAs
183. ate cables e Drive see Drive on page 35 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 163 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Table 8 1 Test matrix for cable replacement OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Cable being replaced Tests that must be performed Cable Assy Locust to Drive Handle Functional Checks Drive see Drive on page 35 Cable Assy Locust to Cricket Functional Checks O Drive see Drive on page 35 Cable Assy Hornet to Display HHS Checks Generator operator indicators see 7 1 6 Testing generator operator indicators on page 131 Cable Assy Mantis to Firefly there are 2 separate cables Functional Checks Charging see Charging on page 35 Cable Assy Cricket to Firefly there are 2 separate cables Functional Checks Charging see Charging on page 35 Cable Assy Cricket to Djinn Functional Checks e X ray see X ray on page 36 Cable Assy Cricket to Breaker Functional Checks Charging see Charging on page 35 e X ray see X ray on page 36 Cable Assy Locust to Park Latch Functional Checks Drive speed limited when tube not latched see Drive on page 35 Cable Assy Caterpillar to Bumper Functional Checks Drive see Drive on page 35 Cable Assy Caterpillar to Rot Brake Functional Checks Drive brake solenoids see Drive on page 35 Tube column amp arm locks amp latch
184. bration GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Section 5 7 PACS image tests PACS image tests apply only to Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade systems Follow these procedures to test image display characteristics and determine the burn configuration for PACS images for each destination host 5 7 1 Comparing PACS test images In the following tests use the nine PACS test images to test image display characteristics and determine image display configuration Each PACS test image consists of two aspects On the right a clinical chest image with image number and GE logo watermark Figure 5 2 the left a series of 12 vertical bands The top six bands are dark and the bottom six bright Inside each band are five small squares with different intensities like the 590 9596 squares in a SMPTE pattern The squares provide a quantitative way to compare two images The pixel data in every test image is identical Only the DICOM headers annotations and window center WC and window width WW values are slightly different for each pattern amp Watermork Figure 5 2 PACS image display test image 5 7 2 Determining PACS burn no burn configuration 5 7 2 1 Verifying PACS monitor calibration 1 Verify that the PACS monitor is calibrated according to DICOM Standard Part 14 Each site is Chapter 5 Calibration Page 97 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12
185. bumper switch Quantity 1 or 2 8 4 3 2 4 Safety None 8 4 3 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and front covers See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Page 192 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 3 3 Procedure 8 4 3 3 1 Front bumper assembly Figure 8 38 Front bumper assembly 1 See Figure 8 39 Using long nose pliers remove the extension springs Item 1 from the cap screws on both sides Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 193 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Extension spring Front bumper slot closure Switch Switch arm mounting nut Switch arm Front bumper Adjustment screw Figure 8 39 Front bumper assembly top view 2 Remove the front bumper slot closure Item 2 There are 2 mounting nuts that must be removed from underneath the chassis 3 Remove the wires from the switches Item 3 both sides 4 Remove the mounting nuts Item 4 both sides from the switch arms Item 5 both sides 5 Lift the switch arms off of the mounting studs and guide the ends of the switch arms through the slots in the chassis 6 Slide the front bumper and attached parts Item 6 out of the front of the unit
186. cement GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 16 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 17 Install the system covers 8 2 2 4 Finalization Perform the following HHS checks e mAs accuracy see 7 1 4 3 Testing mAs accuracy on page 124 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 175 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 2 3 Super cable 5557068 cable replacement Some early production units were shipped with cable assembly 5557068 see Figure 8 26 This cable assembly consisted of a bundle of the following individual cables Locust to LVLE2 Locust to Caterpillar Locust to Park Latch The original cable 5557068 is not available as a replacement part and must be replaced with the individual cables as identified above d I x 1 LACE THE SIDE WITH TO LVLEZ LABEL THIS N E 2 E t E c I I PLACE THE SIDE WITH CATERPILLAR LABEL THIS E LACE THE SIDE WITH TO LOCUST LABEL 2 1 THIS E ILL OF MATERIAL item ART E ESCRIPTI
187. ch Nut and washer Solenoid and wiring harness Spade connectors 3 for switch Wiring harness connector Figure 8 109 Tube park latch assembly 3 Remove the spade connectors Item 6 from the switch 4 Drive the upper pin Item 3 out of the park latch assembly until the latch Item 4 can be removed About 6 5 mm 0 25 in of the pin will remain in the latch assembly body see Figure 8 110 Item 1 Page 302 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Description 1 Latch pin about 6 5mm 0 25 in remains inside latch assembly body 2 Latch assembly body Figure 8 110 Remove latch pin and latch Remove the latch Figure 8 109 Item 4 Remove the nut and washer Figure 8 109 Item 5 from the solenoid Figure 8 109 Item 6 Record the color and location of the wires connected to the switch Figure 8 109 Item 7 Disconnect the wiring harness connector Figure 8 109 Item 8 9 Remove the solenoid assembly 10 Connect the new solenoid to the wiring harness connector 11 Install the solenoid in the assembly then install the washer and nut 12 Place the latch in the assembly Use a small screwdriver to depress the latch spring during installation See Figure 8 111 When the latch spring is properly positioned the free end
188. ch or solenoid ssssssssssssssssse 299 8 5 36 Digital power supply assembly 305 8 5 37 Collimator lamp power supply sssssessseeemeeeeeem nennen 307 8 5 38 Main circuit breaker and cable 308 8 5 39 Front bin and inner front 313 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator 315 8 61 Engaging vertical lock recte ete ene aee T 315 8 6 2 Colum enu deis 318 8 6 3 Horizontal arm assembly ercran E TEA EEE E eee nennen nennen nnns 327 8 6 4 Horizontal arm brake cable assembly with 331 8 6 5 Tube mount detent side cathode 339 8 6 6 Tube mount friction side anode 343 3 6 7 Tube yoke assembly en ioco ei Dep SPP tee ERR ip e DEP d 348 8 6 8 Toshiba X ray nnn d nnn dns 353 8 6 9 Gollltmi amp StOr zie eerte tt eee t ere t meto tire po dia bar cate 358 8 6 10 Dose Area Product DAP meter ssssssssseeeeeene eene 365 98 60 11 SID tape measures d ret cett D lieve e oet ides 367 8 6 12 Collimator adjustment knob sssssesssseeeeene eene
189. conductive materials like plastic assembly aids and Styrofoam 1 3 5 Recommended materials and equipment WARNING AN ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD This section defines a workzone that is not connected to the system under service The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures Materials and equipment that are recommended for use in preventing static electricity include Anti static tape smocks aprons or sleeve protectors Conductive bins foam tabletop workstations with ground cord of one megohm 10 resistance and other assembly or soldering aids e Static dissipative table or floor mats with hard tie to ground ESD field service kits Static awareness labels Wrist straps and footwear straps providing one megohm 10 resistance e Material handling packages Conductive plastic bags plastic tubes and tote boxes Opaque shielding bags Transparent metalized shielding bags and shielding tubes Page 32 Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Chapter 2 Planned Maintenance Section 2 1 Before you begin Safe equipment performance and operation requires that personnel servicing the equipment be fully trained on servicing medical X ray apparatus General Electric Company GE Healthcare and its associates maintain
190. d check if the light field intensity fulfills the specification refer to 7 1 3 1 Testing light intensity on page 116 12 Ifthe light field intensity does not fulfill the specification remove the rear cover and 13 Check that the voltage at the collimator lamp is between 20 and 22 VDC 14 Ensure the lamp position is according to the requirement of step 6 15 Ifthe lamp position is right adjust the lamp mask to make it shade the filament smaller than original position 16 Repeat steps 10 through 15 above until misalignment and light intensity can both meet the criteria of acceptance 17 Apply thread locker i e Loctite 242 blue to the rear cover screws Install the rear cover and tighten the screws 18 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 8 6 14 4 Finalization 1 Perform the following calibrations Adjust the collimator lamp supply potentiometer R3 so that the voltage at the collimator lamp is 20 0 22 0 VDC 2 Perform the following HHS checks Field size indicator accuracy see 7 1 3 3 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR200amx on page 120 or 7 1 3 4 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade on page 121 Light field to X ray field alignment see 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment on page 117 Page 376 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR
191. d locker is used 17 Remove the allen wrench that was used to hold the rotational detent arm 18 Install the cable bracket onto the column 19 Install the horizontal arm 20 Install the X ray tube See Figure 8 21 Figure 8 22 and Figure 8 23 for cable routing at the rear of the X ray tube 21 Install the collimator 22 Install the new cable labelled TO COL BULKHEAD to the main bulkhead J2 and ground 23 Install the bottom portion of the cable clamp 24 Install cable brackets and cable ties Page 324 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 25 Onthe new carriage install the hardware that was removed from the old carriage in step 4 A standard 3mm T handle hex wrench is required hex wrenches with a ball end will not work well Using the T handle hex wrench carefully pull the assembled hardware upwards and towards the threaded hole Get the cap screw edge into the threaded hole then pry the cap Screw up and screw it in Torque to 2 3 N m 20 4 in Ibs See Figure 8 131 Figure 8 132 amp Figure 8 133 Figure 8 131 w Figure 8 132 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 325 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Figure 8 133 26 Install the carriage cover plate and screws NOTICE A Examine the steel cables at the top of the column t
192. d take adequate steps to protect against injury The equipment is sold with the understanding that GE Healthcare its agents and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which may result from improper use of the equipment Various protective materials and devices are available It is urged that such materials or devices be used Page 8 Preface GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN LITHIUM BATTERY CAUTIONARY STATEMENT DANGER Risk of Explosion Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer Discard used batteries according to the manufacturer s instructions ATTENTION Danger d Explosion Il y a danger d explosion s il a replacement incorrect de la batterie Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du m me type ou d un type recommand par le constructeur Mettre au r but les batteries usag es conform ment aux instructions du fabricant TECHNICAL MANUAL UPDATES When operating or servicing GE Healthcare products please contact your GE representative for the latest revision of product documentation Product documentation may also be available on line at the GE Healthcare support documentation library OMISSIONS AND ERRORS Customers please contact your GE Healthcare sales or service representatives GE personnel please use the GE Healthcare complaint handling pr
193. d the readings Insert the black coil cord with clamp into the CHASSIS connection located on the top of the test meter Figure 7 19 Readings should be close to 0 0 Address high readings by checking for damaged ground wire or internal system wiring that could be causing current to flow to the tested component or chassis Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3 Condition 4 Condition 5 Power off Power off Power on Power on Power on Conductive surface normal outlet reversed outlet normal outlet reversed outlet normal outlet X ray off X ray off X ray off X ray off X ray on Leakage current Tube Collimator Column Bin Tube latch Table 7 22 Leakage current test results 7 2 2 2 Condition 2 Power off reversed outlet X ray off 1 the test meter set the Outlet switch to Reversed Verify the system power is OFF main circuit breaker ON 2 3 Using the clamp connect to all conductive surfaces 4 Record the readings in Table 7 22 Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 143 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 7 2 2 3 Condition 3 Power on normal outlet X ray off 1 Turn on the system power 2 Onthe test meter set the Outlet switch to Normal 3 Using the clamp connect to all conductive surfaces 4 Record the readings in Table 7 22 7 2 2 4 Condition 4 Power on reversed outlet X ray off
194. d tool kit 8 6 12 2 2 Consumables Loctite 242 GE 46 170686P2 or equivalent 8 6 12 2 3 Replacement parts Item Collimator adjustment knob Quantity 1 kit contains parts for one knob assembly 8 6 12 2 4 Safety None 8 6 12 2 5 Required conditions Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 8 6 12 3 Procedure 1 Loosen the setscrew and remove the knob from the shaft See Figure 8 165 Item Description 1 Knob 2 Set screw Figure 8 165 Knob replacement Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 369 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 2 Put the new knob onto the knob shaft 3 Ensure that the knob is up against the indicator tightly and tighten the setscrew with thread locker i e Loctite 242 blue 4 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 8 6 12 4 Finalization Perform the following HHS checks Field size indicator accuracy see 7 1 3 3 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR200amx on page 120 or 7 1 3 4 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade on page 121 Light field to X ray field alignment see 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment on page 117 8 6 13 Collimator pointer 8 6 13 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 20 8 6 13 2 Prelim
195. dans une langue autre que l anglais il incombe au client de le faire traduire Ne pas tenter d intervenir sur les quipements tant que ce manuel d installation et de maintenance n a pas t consult et compris Le non respect de cet avertissement peut entrainer chez le technicien l op rateur ou le patient des blessures dues des dangers lectriques m caniques ou autres Diese Serviceanleitung existiert nur in englischer Sprache Falls ein fremder Kundendienst eine andere Sprache ben tigt ist es Aufgabe des Kunden f r eine entsprechende bersetzung zu sorgen Versuchen Sie nicht diese Anlage zu warten ohne diese Serviceanleitung gelesen und verstanden zu haben Wird diese Warnung nicht beachtet so kann es zu Verletzungen des Kundendiensttechnikers des Bedieners oder des Patienten durch Stromschl ge mechanische oder sonstige Gefahren kommen To rrap v yyxeip io o pfig ora o TEXVIK G o pfig v g arraire rTrap v eyyxeip io y u 000 KT G TWV AYYAIKWV arroreAe 0 TOU va rrap ysi TIG urrmpeo eg Mnv errxeiprjoere rnv EKTEAEON EPYACIWV o ppig EEOTIAIOHO av Sev xere cup BouAeure kat Karavorjoei TO rrap v EYXEIPIOIO o pic Av TIPOOEEETE TNV rrpoeicorro nor AUTH EVOEXETAI va TrpokAn8e rpauparicp g TEXVIK O pfic XEIDIOTH rj ac8evrj NAEK
196. de end cap tube mount assembly from the X ray tube Item 4 11 Install the new end cap tube mount assembly onto the X ray tube 12 Install and tighten the four tube mount screws apply thread locker and torque to 13 2 N m 9 7 Ib ft and the four end cap screws apply thread locker and torque to 2 5 N m 1 8 Ib ft Page 342 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 NOTICE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Tip the front of the X ray tube assembly upward and slide the assembly into the horizontal arm Install the X ray tube and yoke assembly Apply thread locker Loctite 271 or equivalent and torque the 3 fasteners as follows Single top fastener 26 8 N m 19 9 Ib ft Two bottom fasteners 13 3 N m 9 8 Ib ft Route and connect the rotor cable to the generator Install the tube covers Install the collimator Route and connect the collimator cable to the Thorax bulkhead J4 and J5 connectors and chassis ground Insert the HV cables into the X ray tube HV wells and tighten the mounting rings Make sure that the cable markings Tube Anode or Tube Cathode match up with the X ray tube marking Anode or Cathode See Figure 8 21 Figure 8 22 and Figure 8 23 for cable routing at the rear of the X ray tube if necessary Replace the cable ties and secure the cable drape A Examine the steel cables at the
197. dere taal vereist dan is de klant verantwoordelijk voor de vertaling ervan Probeer de apparatuur niet te onderhouden alvorens deze onderhoudshandleiding werd geraadpleegd en begrepen is Indien deze waarschuwing niet wordt opgevolgd zou het onderhoudspersoneel de operator of een pati nt gewond kunnen raken als gevolg van een elektrische schok mechanische of andere gevaren See teenindusjuhend on saadaval ainult inglise keeles e Kui klienditeeninduse osutaja n uab juhendit inglise keelest erinevas keeles vastutab klient t lketeenuse osutamise eest rge ritage seadmeid teenindada enne eelnevalt k esoleva teenindusjuhendiga tutvumist ja sellest aru saamist K esoleva hoiatuse eiramine v ib p hjustada teenuseosutaja operaatori v i patsiendi vigastamist elektril gi mehaanilise v i muu ohu tagaj rjel T m huolto ohje on saatavilla vain englanniksi Jos asiakkaan huoltohenkil st vaatii muuta kuin englanninkielista materiaalia tarvittavan k nn ksen hankkiminen on asiakkaan vastuulla l yrit korjata laitteistoa ennen kuin olet varmasti lukenut ja ymm rt nyt t m n huolto ohjeen e Mik li t t varoitusta ei noudateta seurauksena voi olla huoltohenkil st n laitteiston k ytt j n tai potilaan vahingoittuminen s hk iskun mekaanisen vian tai muun vaaratilanteen vuoksi Ce manuel d installation et de maintenance est disponible uniquement en anglais e Si le technicien d un client a besoin de ce manuel
198. do not mix old cables with new cables d Install the new cable 4 When all the cables have been replaced re install any cable clamps and replace any cable ties that were previously removed Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the front covers Install the rear bin Install the side covers 8 5 20 4 Finalization 1 Perform the following calibrations Filament see 5 3 1 Setting filament drive level on page 90 Page 262 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 2 Perform the following HHS checks kV accuracy see 7 1 4 2 Testing kVp accuracy on page 122 mAs Accuracy see 7 1 4 3 Testing mAs accuracy on page 124 Reproducability see 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure on page 127 Linearity see 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure on page 127 8 5 21 Djinn 15kW Auxiliary module 8 5 21 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 6 hrs 8 5 21 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 21 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 5 21 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 21 2 3 Replacement parts Item Djinn auxiliary module 15kW Quantity 1 8 5 21 2 4 Safety None 8 5 21 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and rear bin See 8 1 5 Rear bin removal Remove the front covers See 8 1
199. e OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Press the MEASURE button Press the GATING button ignore on off state Press the BETWEEN THE V BAR CURSORS button Press SELECT MEASUREMENT FOR CH 1 button Change selections as need and select MEAN 6 Record the CH 1 Mean value in Table 7 13 for 15 kW generator or Table 7 14 for 30 kW generator Table 7 13 Ch1 Mean value 15 kW generator Sample Ch1 Mean value Measured Time Acceptance Criteria 1 2096 or 0 1mAs whichever is greater 2 2096 or 0 1mAs whichever is greater 3 596 or 0 1mAs whichever is greater 4 596 or 0 1mAs whichever is greater Table 7 14 Ch1 Mean value 30 kW generator Sample Ch1 Mean value Measured Time Acceptance Criteria 1 2096 or 0 1mAs whichever is greater 2 2096 or 0 1mAs whichever is greater 3 596 or 0 1mAs whichever is greater 4 596 or 0 1mAs whichever is greater 7 Verify that mAs accuracy passes the regulatory limits for each test exposure 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure 7 1 4 4 1 Reproduci Linearity Overview bility For any specific combination of selected technique factors the estimated coefficient of variation C V of radiation exposures shall be no greater than 0 05 The quotients of the average measured dose divided by the selected technique values at 2 consecutive
200. e 8 5 22 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 6 hrs 8 5 22 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 22 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 5 22 2 2 Consumables Silicone oil GE P N LNR8733 8 5 22 2 3 Replacement parts Item Djinn power module Quantity 1 8 5 22 2 4 Safety None 8 5 22 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the rear bin See 8 1 5 Rear bin removal Remove the front covers See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Page 266 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 22 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current 1 Locate the power module HV tank assembly See Figure 8 85 Note that the power module and HV tank are on a mounting bracket that must be removed as an assembly Due to space limitations the assembly must be removed through the rear of the unit 2 Disconnect all cables from the front and rear of the power module HV tank assembly To remove the HV cables the set screws Figure 8 18 in the tightening rings must be loosened 3 Remove the power module HV tank assembly 4 screws See Figure 8 87 _ XXX IZ M Item Description 1 Mounting screws for power module HV
201. e 358 15 Install cable brackets and cable ties NOTICE A Examine the steel cables at the top of the column to ensure proper tension has been maintained prior to unlocking the vertical carriage If the safety lock has been engaged disengaging the vertical carriage lock can result in uncontrolled cable tension and or equipment damage resulting in column replacement For details on releasing the safety lock see Column Replacement 8 6 2 3 Procedure on page 318 16 Unlock the vertical carriage See 8 6 1 Engaging vertical lock on page 315 17 Check and adjust the mechanical alignment of the column rotational detent position See 6 1 3 Column rotational detent procedure on page 111 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 213 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 18 19 20 21 22 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Install the column top cover See 8 1 2 Top cover removal on page 150 Install the column skirt covers See 8 1 6 Column skirt cover removal on page 160 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the front covers See 8 1 3 Front cover removal on page 152 Install the side covers See 8 1 1 Side cover removal on page 150 8 4 6 4 Finalization 1 Perform the following mechanical alignments Check and adjust the mechanical alignment of the column rotational detent position See 6 1 3 Column rotational detent procedure on page 111 Check
202. e 8 127 Cable clamp bottom portion Page 322 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 12 Remove the cable labelled TO COL BULKHEAD from the main bulkhead J2 and ground See Figure 8 128 Figure 8 128 Remove J2 and ground 13 See Figure 8 129 Use a large screwdriver at the base of the vertical column to move the spring loaded column rotational detent arm Item 1 toward the front of the unit From underneath the base insert a 5 32 4 mm allen wrench into the hole in the cover Item 2 to hold the rotational detent arm away from the column Item Description 1 Spring loaded column rotational detent arm 2 Hole to lock column rotational detent arm Figure 8 129 Release column rotational detent Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 323 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 14 SeeFigure 8 130 Rotate the column to obtain access to the column bolt Item1 then remove the bolt D we lt lt a Item Description 1 Column mounting bolt 2 Column Figure 8 130 Column mounting bolt 15 Using two people lift the column off of the chassis and set aside 16 Using two people lift the new column into position on the chassis and install the column mounting bolt Torque to 90 N m 66 4 Ib ft no threa
203. e Calibration page in the left folder tree select GENERATOR FILAMENT DRIVE Press START and follow the on screen instructions The process is a sequence of 24 exposures 9 for the small filament and 15 for the large The system automatically sets the technique and selects the focal spot Use the handswitch to initiate the prep and expose sequence The handswitch must be fully released after each exposure A display updates the completion status for each of the 24 exposures After completing exposure 24 press COMPLETE to finalize the calibration Page 90 Section 5 3 Generator calibration GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 5 3 2 Viewing and resetting tube and generator usage data Use this procedure to display and store tube usage data that can be accessed to determine warranty coverage Reset the data after replacing a tube Note It is recommended that you record the current values prior to making any changes 1 Onthe Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button 2 Onthe Utilities desktop press LAUNCH The Service Home tab is displayed The Home tab contains summary information including site identification connectivity parameters and enabled options Press the CALIBRATION tab button On the Calibration page in the left folder tree select GENERATOR TUBE WARRANTY Select RESET and follow the on screen instructions Exit the SUIF and launch it aga
204. e detector battery charge level and recharge if needed 2 Download detector firmware See Section 3 5 Detector firmware download 3 Perform detector registration See the Optima XR220amx Operator Manual Set Preferences gt System gt Wireless Detector gt Detector Registration Leave the tether connected after completing registration 8 5 15 4 Finalization 1 With the tether still connected create an exam perform an X ray exposure and confirm that an image is created 2 Disconnect the tether from the detector and the system Install the battery in the detector Create an exam perform an X ray exposure and confirm that an image is created 4 Remove the detector battery and replace it with the tether Connect the other end of the tether to the system d 5 With the tether still connected perform detector calibration See Section 5 4 Detector calibration on page 91 Page 252 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 6 With the tether still connected perform QAP Refer to the Installation Manual Chapter 6 Detector checks and QAP 8 5 16 Detector bin park switch Applies to Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade systems only 8 5 16 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 16 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 16 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 5 16 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 1
205. e firewall by Piter Settings adding allowed services and IP addresses and removing filters Options BACKUP CURRENT FILTERS Create a backup of the current filters RESTORE FROM BACKUP FILTERS Restore the filters to a Backup Restore previously backed up set RESTORE TO FACTORY DEFAULTS Reset all filter settings to those originally installed REMOVE BACKUP FILTERS Show the firewall rules that are currently in effect on this system Select REFRESH to refresh the list of rules Select which red interfaces the filter settings should be applied to Select UPDATE RED INTERFACES to apply the changes Network Tools Configure PNF Page 58 Section 4 2 Using the System Configuration Tool SUIF GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 4 2 9 2 PNF tabs and parameters Table 4 10 PNF parameters Named Services tab Option Description Used to set up filters to allow traffic to common network services such as telnet or ftp by name without needing to know the port and protocol Services Allowed IPs Lists current filters by name and IP Remove Existing Filters Select the Delete box checkbox next to the filter to delete then select DELETE EXISTING FILTERS Add New Filter From the Service Name drop down list select the service to be allowed such as telnet ssh ftp In the Allowed IPs field specify a particular IP address
206. e horizontal arm extension so that the cable mounting screws Item 5 line up with the access opening Item 4 Remove the two screws Page 334 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Horizontal arm brake cable Bushing Bracket mounting screws Access opening Cable mounting screws Figure 8 140 Horizontal arm brake cable Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 335 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 9 See Figure 8 141 Inside the horizontal arm disconnect the cable from the plug Item 1 Description 1 Horizontal arm brake cable plug Figure 8 141 Horizontal arm brake cable plug 10 Remove the old horizontal arm cable 11 Route the new cable through the opening in the side of the horizontal arm 12 Line up the mounting bracket and install the two screws see Figure 8 140 Item 2 13 Inside the horizontal arm connect the cable to the plug see Figure 8 141 Item 1 14 Adjust the horizontal arm extension so that the cable mounting screw bracket see Figure 8 140 Item 5 lines up with the access opening see Figure 8 140 Item 4 Install the two screws 15 Install the bushing see Figure 8 140 Item 2 in the side of the horizontal arm 16 Route the horizontal arm brake c
207. e is used to indicate important information to the user i The current chapter and its title are always shown in the footer of the right odd page Paragraphs preceeded by a symbol e g bullets contain information that Paragraphs preceeded by Alphanumeric has no specific order characters e g numbers contain infor mation that must be followed in a specific order Headers and footers in this publication are designed to allow you to quickly identify your location The document part number and revision number appears in every header on every page Odd numbered page footers indicate the current chapter its title and current page number Even page footers show the current section and its title as well as the current page number Preface Page 15 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Computer Screen Output Input Text Character Styles Example Fixed Output Example Variable Example Output Fixed Input Example Variable Input Within this publication mono spaced character styles fonts are used to indicate computer text that s either screen input and output Mono spaced fonts such courier are used to indicated text direction When you type at your keyboard you are generating computer input Occasionally you will see the math operator greater than and less than symbols used to indicate the start and finish of variable output When reading
208. e of the image Record that value as d1 here d1 Measure the distance between the left blade and right blade of the image Record that value as d2 here d2 Calculate the indicator to actual size error using d1 and d2 from above 25 cm actual size d1 25 cm actual size d2 x 100 X 100 100 cm 100 cm Record the error values here d1 height of image error Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 121 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN d2 width of image error 14 Verify that the difference between indicated field size and actual field size does not exceed the specification in Table 7 6 7 1 4 Generator tests 7 1 4 1 Operator warning message Verify that the following warning message is displayed on the control panel ensure the warning label of the applicable language is legible as required by local regulations Warning This X ray unit may be dangerous to patient and operator unless safe exposure factors operating instructions and maintenance schedules are observed To be used by authorized personnel only 7 1 4 2 Testing kVp accuracy Perform the kVp accuracy test to determine whether actual X ray energy generated by the system at a particular voltage matches the expected energy within a specified tolerance kVp accuracy is measured using a non invasive meter 7 1 4 2 1 Piranha test
209. e to print correctly sized images LUT1 as SAR17 for calling AE TITLE Trim width at 1 pixel for calling AE TITLE Globally configure a margin between image for 0 pixels Globally configure Image layout for spread A densitometer filter FUJI part number 60550003 must be used when performing printer calibration Printer configuration Page 391 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Section A 6 Fuji DryPix 3000 printer parameters Table A 8 Fuji DryPix 3000 printer configuration information Tab Attribute Value Comments DICOM Printer Label DRYPIX3000 Or customer preference Application Entry Title Enter value given by site AE titles may be site network administrator specific check with site Network Address Enter value given by site network administrator Port Number 104 Port number may be site specific check with site Pixel Depth 12 Printer Pixel Size micron 84 67 Printer Configuration Information CS000 Density Min 20 Max 300 Magnification Type CUBIC Smooth Factor SHARP Trim NO Polarity NORMAL Border Density BLACK Empty Image Density BLACK Printer Memory Size 48Mbyte Select the desired layouts 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 allowed for this printer Layouts Slide formats Not applicable Not supported do not select Page 392 Printer configuration GE HEALTHCARE RE
210. ed that all four fasteners be hand tightened first and then they can all be torqued to 20 0 N m 14 75 ft lb Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 209 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Torque fasteners to 20 0 N m 14 75 ft lb Figure 8 52 Fasteners holding the Column Mount Trap Spacer Bracket 8 See Figure 8 53 and Figure 8 54 Use a large screwdriver at the base of the Thorax to move the spring loaded column rotational detent arm Figure 8 52 toward the front of the unit From underneath the base insert a 4mm 5 32 Allen wrench into the hole in the cover Figure 8 53 to hold the rotational detent arm away from the column Page 210 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Kem Description 1 Pry out detent arm Figure 8 53 Prying the Rotational Detent Arm out with a flathead screwdriver Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 211 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Insert Allen wrench here Figure 8 54 Inserting the Allen wrench to hold the Rotational Detent Arm out 9 See Figure 8 55 Ensure the main column mounting bolt hole is facing the general direction
211. ee Figure 8 117 Description 1 Main circuit breaker Figure 8 117 Main circuit breaker 6 Install the new circuit breaker 7 Connect the small cable to J10 on the Firefly charger board 8 Route the power cable 2 heavy red wires through the opening in the frame and over to connector J5 on the Cricket battery board 9 Plug the connector into J5 and tighten the mounting screws 10 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 11 Install front covers 12 Install the side covers 8 5 38 4 Finalization 1 Turn on system power 2 Verify that the system powers up Page 312 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYsTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 39 Front bin and inner front bin 8 5 39 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 39 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 39 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 5 39 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 39 2 3 Replacement parts Item Front bin Quantity 1 or Item Inner front bin Quantity 1 8 5 39 2 4 Safety None 8 5 39 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the top cover See 8 1 2 Top cover removal Remove the front bin See 8 1 4 Front bin removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 313 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX
212. eel that requires replacement See 8 1 1 Side cover removal e Remove the front cover for the wheel that requires replacement See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Tube arm must be in the latched position Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 181 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN amp TIPPING HAZARD Tipping FAILURE TO LATCH THE TUBE ARM WILL RESULT IN A CHANGE OF THE CENTER OF GRAVITY OF THE SYSTEM THIS CAN RESULT IN UNCONTROLLED LIFT AND TIPPING OF THE SYSTEM 8 4 1 3 Procedure 1 A fulcrum and lever will be used to create a controlled lift of the system See Figure 8 29 for the dimensional representation 4 inches from vertical face of 2 80 battery box Lever Figure 8 29 Lever and fulcrum locations Page 182 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Note OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN For system stability the position of the support block is important The support point must be close to the wheel to be replaced See Figure 8 30 Support Block Position Drive Wheel Replacement Figure 8 30 Drive wheel lift and support The following steps are a generic representation of how to lift the system Ensure the fulcrum lever and support blocks are positioned correctly for the wheel being re
213. eight 4072 Film Sizes 14 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 14 x 17in Pixel width 4322 Pixel height 5025 24 x 24cm Pixel width Pixel height 24 x 30cm Pixel width Pixel height Codonics Horizon general comments Codonics Horizon printer supports clear film blue film and paper Only 8 x 10 and 14 x 17 inch film formats have been validated Other smoothing and sharpening algorithms for magnification type are supported Consult Codonics technical representative to install customer preferences if desired Printer configuration Page 387 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL Section A 4 Fuji FM DPL printer parameters Table A 6 Fuji FM DPL printer configuration information DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Tab Attribute Value Comments DICOM Printer Label FUJIFMDPL Or customer preference Application Entry Title Enter value given by site AE titles may be site network administrator specific check with site Network Address Enter value given by site network administrator Port Number 104 Port number may be site specific check with site Pixel Depth 12 Printer Pixel Size micron 100 Printer Configuration Information CS000 Density Min 20 Max 300 Magnification Type CUBIC Smooth Factor SHARP Trim NO Polarity NORMAL Border Density BLACK Empty Image Density BLACK Printer Memory Size 40Mbyte Select the desired layouts 1
214. eld engineers All of GE s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable electrical codes The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel i e GE s field engineers personnel of third party service companies with equivalent training or licensed electricians to perform electrical servicing on the equipment IMPORTANT X RAY PROTECTION X ray equipment if not properly used may cause injury Accordingly the instructions herein contained should be thoroughly read and understood by everyone who will use the equipment before you attempt to place this equipment in operation GE Healthcare will be glad to assist and cooperate in placing this equipment in use Although this apparatus incorporates a high degree of protection against x radiation other than the useful beam no practical design of equipment can provide complete protection Nor can any practical design compel the operator to take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any persons carelessly exposing themselves or others to radiation It is important that anyone having anything to do with x radiation be properly trained and fully acquainted with the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements NCRP as published in NCRP Reports available from NCRP Publications 7910 Woodmont Avenue Room 1016 Bethesda Maryland 20814 and of the International Commission on Radiation Protection an
215. elt silicon junctions 1 3 1 Important ESD considerations when working on a mobile system hs Static Discharge Risk to Components If you are using a static mat or wrist strap be sure to connect the mat and strap to machine ground not earth ground This is necessary to isolate yourself from earth ground and equalize your potential with the machine ESD damage prevention includes these steps 1 Perform LOTO 2 Verify that the AC plug is not connected to an energy source outlet 3 Connect ground mat and wrist strap assembly to frame connection point of the mobile unit 1 3 2 Generating static The following table shows that different activities generate different amounts of static electricity and that static electricity increases as humidity decreases Table 1 2 See Relative humidity 55 40 10 Walking across carpet 7 500 V 15 000 V 35 000 V Walking across vinyl floor 3 000 V 5 000 V 12 000 V Motions of bench worker 400 V 800 V 6 000 V Removing bubble pack from PCB 7 000 V 20 000 V 26 500 V Packing PCBs in foam lined box 5 000 V 11 000 V 21 000 V Many electronic components are sensitive to ESD Circuitry design and structure determine the degree of sensitivity The following packaging and grounding precautions are necessary to prevent damage to electric components and accessories Page 30 Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA
216. em snapshot tool User preferences Configuration ASaapshot_Lighering v for Default Falcon Configuration in Default Falcon Configuration program Default Falcon Configuration Note Click the links above to edit Server Names Mage Delete Add New Server Target Map Edit Delete Tbh IDC Edit Delete Waltari IDC Edit Delete Add New Target List ef Snapshot Files 8 files hmagichome xruserflog from Magic Edit Delete angplatalog from Magic Edit Delete hde ERRORLOG TXT from Table IDC Edit Delete h c TRACE LOG from Table IDC Edit Delete h c TRACE BRP from Table IDC Edit Delete h c ERRORLOG TXT from WallStand IDC Edit Delete fe TRACE LOG from WallStand Delete h c TRACE from WallStand_ IDC Edit Delete Specify New Snapshot File Browse Target C oore Snapshot tool will collect the latest Slog files from Senaniata Snifferl ozs on Engineering PC Page 84 Section 4 13 IP Address Change Procedure GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 10 In the IP Address data entry text box change 192 168 3 1 to xxx xxx 3 1 where XXX XXx 3 1 is the same IP Address range used in Section 4 13 IP Address Change Procedure and 3 1 is the specific address assignment for the host pc port See Figure 4 21 Figure 4 21 Edit Magic IP Address 11 Click on SUBMIT See Figure 4 22 Figure 4 22 Submit New Magic IP Address 172
217. emere 369 8 6 13 370 8 6 14 Collimator lamp 373 8 6 15 Collimator rotation lock finger enne 377 Appendix A Printer Configuration Information eese sss 381 Agfa Drystar 3000 printer parameters eeen 381 Agfa Drystar 5500 printer parameters 384 Codonics Horizon printer parameters 386 Fuji FM DPL printer parameters 388 Fuji DryPix 1000 printer parameters 390 Fuji DryPix 3000 printer parameters 392 Fuji DryPix 7000 printer parameters 394 Kodak 8200 printer parameters 395 Kodak 8500 printer parameters 397 Kodak 8700 printer parameters nennen 399 Kodak 8900 printer parameters 401 Konica Dry Pro 793 printer parameters 402 Table of Contents Page 21 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION
218. emove the side covers and the top cover See 8 1 2 Top cover removal Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 239 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 8 5 9 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 1 Locate the drive login board assembly See Figure 8 68 2 Remove the drive login board assembly 6 screws from the top cover 3 Remove the drive login board from the assembly 9 screws See Figure 8 68 Item Description 1 Drive login board assembly Figure 8 68 Drive login board assembly Disconnect the cable from the circuit board Connect the cable to the new circuit board Install the new circuit board on the assembly Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the top cover 4 5 6 7 Install the assembly on the top cover 8 9 1 0 Install the side covers 8 5 9 4 Finalization Perform the following functional checks Drive drive login see Drive on page 35 Page 240 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRE
219. encies for all wireless Wireless Regulatory Code communications If a country does not allow a specific wireless communication technology then the feature is disabled Flashpad wireless for example Measurement System English or Metric Chapter 4 Configuration Page 53 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table 4 4 General tab parameters Parameter Definition Application Language Language used for application screens QAP Timeout Optima Interval between QAP tests in days When time out is reached XR220amx or Optima A Satis XR200amx with digital system users see a warning flag indicating that a QAP test should be performed upgrade Editable by GE Healthcare personnel only VA Site Applies to USA Veterans Affairs facilities Yes or No Period of inactivity no user input or processing activity after which the screen will go blank in minutes Image Mask Adjustment Optima XR220amx or Adjust the mask that is applied to the acquired image from the Optima XR200amx with detector Options 3mm 2mm 1mm 0 1mm 2mm 3mm digital upgrade 4 2 4 Hardware configuration Table 4 5 Hardware tab parameters Parameter Definition Collimator Light Maximum On Time Collimator Lamp Install Date Time in seconds that the collimator light will remain on Date the collimator lamp was installed YYYY MM DD f
220. ent parts Item Column support assembly Quantity 1 8 4 6 2 4 Safety The column vertical lock must be engaged before any weight i e horizontal arm X ray tube collimator is removed from the vertical carriage 8 4 6 2 5 Required conditions e Remove the side covers and front covers See 8 1 3 Front cover removal on page 152 Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Remove the column skirt covers See 8 1 6 Column skirt cover removal on page 160 Lock the vertical carriage See 8 6 1 Engaging vertical lock on page 315 Remove the collimator See 8 6 9 1 Collimator replacement on page 358 Remove the X ray tube See 8 6 8 Toshiba X ray tube on page 353 Remove the horizontal arm See 8 6 3 Horizontal arm assembly on page 327 Remove the Column See 8 6 2 Column on page 318 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 203 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 6 3 Procedure 1 Identify the parts used in this procedure See Figure 8 46 and Figure 8 47 Description 1 Rotational Detent Arm spring loaded Eccentric Stud Nut Column Support Assembly Column Mount Trap Spacer bracket Allen wrench used to hold Rotational Detent Arm out Spring Applied Brake electric cable Figure 8 46 Parts Description underside Page 204 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE
221. equipment Standard tool kit 3 32 or 1 16 drift pin punch Hammer or drift pin clamping device 3 C clamp 8 5 35 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 35 2 3 Replacement parts Item Tube park latch assembly Quantity 1 Item Tube park latch switch Quantity 1 Item Tube park latch solenoid Quantity 1 8 5 35 2 4 Safety None 8 5 35 2 5 Required conditions e Remove the side covers and the top cover See 8 1 2 Top cover removal e Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 299 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5336122 1EN REVISION 12 8 5 35 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current 8 5 35 3 1 Tube park latch assembly 1 See Figure 8 107 Disconnect the wiring harness connector Item 1 S ANN SNS AX ISN WS NN ANS DN ii Item Description 1 Wiring harness connector 2 Mounting screws 4 3 Tube park latch assembly Figure 8 107 Tube park latch assembly Remove the 4 mounting bolts Item 2 from the tube park latch assembly Item 3 Replace the old assembly with the new assembly Install and tighten the mounting bolts Connect the cable harness Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the top cover
222. er Applies to Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200 with digital upgrade systems only The following section provides instructions for the default configuration and two optional settings Have a printed copy of these pages on hand so you can scan the necessary barcodes Refer to the OPI 4002 User s Guide for additional configuration options Chapter 4 Configuration Page 71 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 4 10 2 1 Setting to default configuration 1 Turn on the system Wait until the green LED on the barcode reader receiver starts flashing 2 Press the barcode reader trigger to start the scan 3 Scan the Reset To Default barcode iL Figure 4 6 Reset to Default barcode You will hear three quick sets of high low high beeps Whenever you scan the Reset To Default barcode rescan the barcode label on the barcode reader receiver and re program any optional configuration 4 Scan the barcode label Figure 4 1 on the barcode reader receiver to register the barcode reader You will hear one set of high low beeps a short pause and then one long high beep The connection is complete and the barcode reader is ready for verification 4 10 2 2 Verifying the default configuration 1 Turn on the system Wait until the login screen appears 2 Verify that a green LED is blinking on the barcode reader receiver 3 Scan any barcode You will hear one set of high low beeps The sca
223. er 30 minutes the BDM mismatch splash screen does not close reset the system using the power on off button Do not reset the system until at least 30 minutes has expired since pressing CANCEL above Upon system reboot the BDM mismatch splash screen should not appear indicating a successful backup If the BDM mismatch splash screen reappears select CANCEL as the backup was not successful This BDM mismatch splash screen behavior is very intermittent Restore generator TNT data See Section 3 6 Restoring system data on page 48 Restoring generator firmware only On the Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button On the Utilities desktop press LAUNCH On the Service Home tab press the UTILITIES tab button Press the SUBSYSTEM SOFTWARE button Press the HW FIRMWARE INSTALL link Select DOWNLOADS then GENERATOR SW INSTALL Follow the on screen instructions Reboot the system for the restore to take effect Restore generator TNT data See Section 3 6 Restoring system data on page 48 Detector firmware download This section applies to Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade and Optima XR220amx systems only The first time a new detector is used with an Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade system detector firmware must downloaded because the existing firmware present on the detector may not be compatible with the system If you attempt to use a detector that does not have the correct firmware an er
224. erform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 8 2 1 3 Procedure ol ie ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 Mark the location of all cable restraints on the old cable Cut or remove the cable restraints from the old cable Disconnect and remove the old cable Transfer the locations of the cable restraint marks from the old cable to the new cable Install and connect the new cable Install the cable restraints on the new cable Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the covers gt 162 Section 8 2 Cable replacement GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 2 1 4 Finalization See Table 8 1 to determine required tests Table 8 1 Test matrix for cable replacement Cable being replaced Tests that must be performed Aux Box to Rotor Cable Assembly Functional Checks See 8 2 2 High voltage cable replacementon X ray see X ray on page 36 page 167 for the correct cable bundle arrangement for the HV cable clamp Aux Box to Rotor Jumper Cable Functional Checks e X ray see X ray on page 36 Col Bulkhead to DAP Cable Assembly Functional Checks
225. error values here d1 height of image error d2 width of image error Verify that the difference between indicated field size and actual field size does not exceed the specification in Table 7 5 7 1 3 4 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade For Optima XR200amx see 7 1 3 3 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR200amx on page 120 Use this test to ensure that the difference between the indicated field size and the actual field size is not greater than the specification that pertains to the site given below Table 7 6 Field size indicator specification by site Site location Total difference Within the U S Not to exceed 1 8 SID in either direction To determine image size and centering exposures are to be completed in Application mode All measurements are to use the RAW image amp 11 12 13 Align the X ray tube to the receptor Set the SID to 100 cm Set the X ray angle to 0 degrees Set the field size to 25 x 25 cm Select 50 kVp and 1 mAs Take an exposure Select the Measurement Tools icon and select Line Using the Line Measurement tool measure the size of the X ray image at the detector plane Line values are displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen Measure the distance between the front blade and rear blad
226. erted into the adjustment holes see Figure 6 2 you can adjust the spring tension for up to 5 Ibs of balance force Rotating the assembly clockwise reduces the tension on the spring resulting in less buoyancy of the arm Rotating the assembly counter clockwise increases the tension on the spring resulting in more buoyancy of the arm Adjust the spring tension such that 80 of the main travel is stable 1096 at the lowest tube position and 1096 of the highest tube position should have minimal to no movement when the brakes are engaged Apply thread locker i e Loctite 242 blue to the apron hanger bracket screws Install the bracket and tighten the screws Chapter 6 Mechanical adjustment procedures Page 107 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 6 1 2 Tube latch to arm pin adjustment procedure Note 6 1 2 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 20 6 1 2 2 Preliminary requirements 6 1 2 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 6 1 2 2 2 Consumables None 6 1 2 2 3 Replacement parts None 6 1 2 2 4 Safety None 6 1 2 2 5 Required conditions None 6 1 2 3 Procedure The tube latch assembly mounted to the main body of the mobile unit called the Thorax assembly has minimal to no adjustment capability Therefore the adjustments must be performed relative to the tube latch pin arm mounting assembly There is up to 13 m
227. ervice Advanced Service provides the following functionality SUIF in Advanced Service mode Detailed error descriptions in the Service Error Log Viewer Advanced diagnostics Extended error log with filtering Chapter 4 Configuration Page 79 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN The following functionality is never included in an Advanced Service license InSite configuration Advanced service configuration or entitlement Purchased options configuration Section 4 13 IP Address Change Procedure The system uses IP Addresses 192 168 x x for communication between the PC and the detectors If the hospital network to the PC is also 192 168 x x issues will occur Perform the following instructions to change the default internal IP Address if an IP Address conflict occurs with the hospital network 1 Plugin the Service Keyboard 2 Opena terminal window using CTRL SHIFT F5 and click on the terminal window icon 3 Change users by entering the following text at the prompt su superxr 4 Run the Change IP script by entering the following text at the prompt magichome xruser engg changeIp sh 5 Select 1 of the 5 options of subnet IP addresses Write down the IP Address you select you will need this in a later step 1 172 16 x x 2 172 17 3 172 18 x x 4 192 168 x x SW LFC default 5 192 169 x x 6 The will reboot automatically select SHU
228. es see Tube column and arm on page 35 Cable Assy Hornet to Inverter HHS Checks e Generator operator indicators see 7 1 6 Testing generator operator indicators on page 131 Cable Assy Hornet to Overlay Board HHS Checks e Generator operator indicators see 7 1 6 Testing generator operator indicators on page 131 Cable Assy Drive Login to Overlay Board Functional Checks Drive drive login see Drive on page 35 Cable Assy Firefly to Power Switch Functional Checks Charging see Charging on page 35 Cable Assy Firefly to CLS J1 Functional Checks Light field buttons see Collimator on page 34 Cable Assy Firefly to CLS HHS Checks 9 Light field intensity see 7 1 3 1 Testing light intensity on page 116 Cable Assy Mantis to Filter Functional Checks Charging see Charging on page 35 Page 164 Section 8 2 Cable replacement GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table 8 1 Test matrix for cable replacement Cable being replaced Tests that must be performed Cable Assy Fuse to Filter HHS Checks Grounding see 7 2 1 Performing ground resistance testing on page 131 e Leakage see 7 2 2 Performing leakage current testing on page 141 Cable Assy Locust to Hard Brake Release Functional Checks Drive brake solenoids see Drive on page 35 Cable Assy DPS to PC Backup T
229. escription 1 Mounting screws 2 Front bin Figure 8 8 Front bin Page 156 Section 8 1 Cover management GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 4 See Figure 8 9 Remove the 2 mounting screws Item 1 from the top cable exit cover Item 2 then remove the cover Item Description 1 Mounting screws 2 used 2 Top cable exit cover Figure 8 9 Cable exit covers 5 Slightly lift the rear of the top cover to clear the lip on the front bin 6 Remove the front bin 8 1 5 Rear bin removal 1 Remove the side covers See Section 8 1 1 Side cover removal on page 150 2 See Figure 8 10 For Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade disconnect the 2 cables Items 1 and 2 at the right side bottom of the rear bin Item 3 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 157 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Cable Assy Detector Park Switch to Bulkhead 2 Cable Assy Detector Charge to Bulkhead 3 Rear bin Figure 8 10 Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade rear bin cables 3 See Figure 8 11 Remove the 2 side mounting screws Item
230. ess to the connector 4 Remove the old lock assembly from the unit 5 Route the cable from the new lock assembly up through the access hole in the base and plug it into the connector Install new cable ties to replace those removed in Step 3 above Verify that the cable routing prevents the column from rubbing against the cable during rotation 6 Place the lock assembly on the shaft and install the nut finger tighten only 7 Position the lock assembly so that the cable is oriented towards the rear of the unit 8 Install and tighten the four mounting screws Item 2 1 4 turn past snug No need to over tighten 9 Tighten the nut Item 3 Torque to 25N m 18 5lb ft 10 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 11 Install the front cover and side cover Page 202 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 5 4 Finalization Perform the following functional checks Tube column and arm locks amp latches see Tube column and arm on page 35 8 4 6 Column support assembly 8 4 6 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 2 Timing min 210 8 4 6 2 Preliminary requirements 8 4 6 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 4 6 2 2 Consumables Cable ties HV Tube Grease GE part 46 125224P3 Silicon Grease or equivalent Loctite 242 GE part 46 170686P2 or equivalent 8 4 6 2 3 Replacem
231. ether Functional Checks e X ray see X ray on page 36 ensure images are created Cable Assy Locust to Thorax Column Functional Checks Bulkhead e Tube column amp arm locks amp latches see Tube column and arm See 8 2 2 High voltage cable replacement on on page 35 page 167 for the correct cable bundle arrangement for the HV cable clamp Cable Asm Detector Power Supply to None Detector charge cable surge limit cable assembly Cable Asm Surge limit cable assembly to None Detector charge bin connector Cable Assy Spyder to Speaker Functional Checks e X ray sounds amp tones see X ray on page 36 Cable Assy Sypder to Thorax Column Functional Checks Bulkhead DAP e X ray dose report see X ray on page 36 Cable Assy CLS to Thorax Column Bulkhead HHS Checks Collimator Light field intensity see 7 1 3 1 Testing light intensity on page 116 Cable Assy Spyder to Board Data Module None Cable Assy Spyder to PC video cable None Cable Assy Spyder to PC USB None Cable Assy PC to Ethernet Bulkhead None Cable Assy PC to USB Bulkhead None Cable Assy PC to UWB Antenna None See 8 2 2 High voltage cable replacement on page 167 for the correct cable bundle arrangement for the HV cable clamp Cable Assy Caterpillar interconnect harness Functional Checks to Detector Park Switch pigtail Drive speed limited in tethered mode see Drive on page
232. etween greater than and less than operators For example variable input In these cases the lt gt operators would be dropped prior to input For example ypcat hosts grep 3 45 120 3 would be typed into the computer as ypcat hosts grep 3 45 120 3 without the greater than and less than operators Buttons Switches and Keyboard Inputs Hard amp Soft Keys Example Hard Keys Example Soft Keys Different character styles are used to indicate actions requiring the reader to press either a hard or Soft button switch or key Physical hardware such as buttons and switches are called hard keys because they are hard wired or mechanical in nature A keyboard or on off switch would be a hard key Software or computer generated buttons are called soft keys because they are software generated Software driven menu buttons are an example of such keys Soft and hard keys are represented differently in this publication A power switch ON OFF or a keyboard key like ENTER is indicated by applying a character style that uses both over and under lined bold text that is bold This is a hard key Whereas the computer MENU button that you would click with your mouse or touch with your hand uses over and under lined regular text This is a soft key Page 16 Preface GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table of contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Sa
233. ety None 8 5 6 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and front covers See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 233 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 6 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 1 Locate the circuit board See Figure 8 65 Item Description 1 Cricket battery board Figure 8 65 Board identification front 2 Disconnect all cables from the circuit board Some of these connectors pass through the plastic safety shield and must be removed before the safety shield can be removed For the smaller connectors use a screwdriver to press on the release latch on the side of the connector body 3 Remove the mounting screws two on each side for the plastic safety shield Note Remove the cable ties from the bottom of the safety shield only if necessary Remove the old circuit board 4 standoffs Install the new circuit board Install the plastic safety shield and cable cable ties Connect all cables to the circuit board Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to serv
234. fety e column vertical lock must be engaged before any weight i e horizontal arm X ray tube collimator is removed from the vertical carriage 8 6 8 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and front covers See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Remove the collimator See 8 6 9 Collimator Remove the tube covers See 8 1 7 Tube head cover removal Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 353 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 8 3 Procedure 1 Position the unit next to a work surface that can safely support the X ray tube yoke assembly Lock the vertical carriage See 8 6 1 Engaging vertical lock Remove the collimator See 8 6 9 1 Collimator replacement Remove the HV cables from the X ray tube wells Protect the HV cables to prevent damage Disconnect the rotor cable from the generator J6 connector and free the rotor cable from the cable drape marking the location of the cable ties 6 SeeFigure 8 152 Remove the three tube yoke mounting screws Item 1 from the horizontal arm Item 2 ak WN Item Description 1 Tube yoke mounting screws 3 used 2 Horizontal arm 3 X ray tube yoke assembly Figure 8 152 X ray tube mount 7 the front of the X ray tube assembly upward and slide the assembly
235. fety Before You Begin eese 23 Section 1 1 Energy SOUFC S iei ore rrr ce PE Seba ino Louie 23 Section 1 2 Lock Out Tag Out LOTO procedure for electrical power 24 1 2 1 Preparing for 2200 d a Len d uana 24 1 2 2 PerformingiEO TO eda ee dotted dere e etat iia dim t der tate damus 26 1 2 3 Returning system to service ssssssssssssseeeeeeen m eene EE 29 Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge 0 30 1 3 1 Important ESD considerations when working on a mobile system 30 1 3 2 Generating Static i eed ee Dd need did 30 1 3 3 Personal grounding methods and equipment 31 1 3 4 Grounding the work area ssssssssseeeee nennen enne ennemis 31 1 3 5 Recommended materials and equipment sss 32 Planned 33 Section 2 1 Before you begiln 4 ceret tu an ai qE an eR en eE e Rei 33 Section 2 2 Planned maintenance schedule 33 Section 2 3 System performance eere 33 Section 2 4 Planned maintenance procedures 3
236. finger tight only Make several passes slightly tightening the screws in an alternating pattern until all the screws are fully seated Torque to 3 N m 2 2 lb ft 10 Lift the unit and remove the support blocks 11 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 12 Install the covers 8 4 1 4 Finalization None 8 4 2 Battery packs 8 4 2 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing hours 13 8 4 2 2 Preliminary requirements 8 4 2 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 4 2 2 2 Consumables None Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 185 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 2 2 3 Replacement parts Item Battery pack Quantity 1 to 4 as required 8 4 2 2 4 Safety Weight of an individual battery is approximately 22 7 kg 50 Ibs 8 4 2 2 5 Required conditions e Remove the side covers See 8 1 1 Side cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Dedicated location for Battery Integration Procedure Page 186 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 2 3 Procedure 1 See Figure 8 34 Remove the battery compartment covers Item 1 from both sides 4 screws on each cover Item Description 1 Battery compartment cover left side shown Figure
237. follows See Figure 8 100 Each power wire will need to be pulled about 1 8 off of the terminal to allow measurement a Description EMI filter ground wire EMI filter line wire EMI filter neutral wire 2 3 4 Fuses F1 amp F2 Figure 8 100 EMI filter Check continuity between the power plug ground pin and the ground terminal Item 1 b green yellow wire on the EMI filter Note If there is no continuity on the line brown wire or the neutral blue wire check fuses F1 and F2 Item 4 Check continuity between the power plug line pin and the line terminal Item 2 brown wire on the EMI filter d Check continuity between the power plug neutral pin and the neutral terminal Item 3 blue wire on the EMI filter 4 Fully seat the 3 wires on the EMI filter e Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 6 Install the left side cover Page 288 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 30 4 Finalization Perform the following HHS checks Grounding see 7 2 1 Performing ground resistance testing on page 131 Leakage see 7 2 2 Performing leakage current testing on page 141 8 5 31 AC fuse holder 8 5 31 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 40 8 5 31 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 31 2 1 Tools and test equipment
238. ge 294 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 33 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 See Figure 8 104 Disconnect the power switch connector Item 1 Remove the 3 cable clamps Item 2 from the power switch wires Disconnect the drive login cable Item 6 from the Display Overlay Board Item 4 Disconnect the overlay board to Hornet board cable Item 5 from the Display Overlay Board Remove the mountings screws Item 3 from the Display Overlay Board af WN gt Item Description 1 Power switch connector Cable clamp 3 used Mounting screws 8 used Overlay board assembly Overlay board to Hornet board cable Drive login cable Figure 8 104 Top cover components 6 Remove the Display Overlay Board and set aside Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 295 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 7 See Figure 8 105 Remove the mounting nut Item 1 from the rear of the power switch Item 2 using a pair of side cutters The nut is secured in place with thread l
239. gfa layout portrait 2411 Pixel height 5174 24 x 24cm Pixel width Pixel height 24 x 30cm Pixel width Pixel height Agfa Drystar 3000 general comments Supports clear and blue film If medium selected clear paper does not match the printer the job will be queued until the correct film is loaded Agfa layouts are specific to maximum printable area layouts Consult the Agfa technical representative to install custom layouts Only 14x17 film was tested with this printer Trim is not supported by this printer Note Avoid print job failures by having printer vendor ensure that the Confirmation Level DICOM Connectivity at the printer is set to accept all Failure to set this level on the printer will result in failed print jobs Agfa print layouts Custom layout must be configured by printer vendor for accurate image sizing In addition to the above layouts the following layouts must be installed by the Agfa print representative Table A 2 Agfa print layouts Film size Format P I Agfa layout 14 17 1 1 P 2411 14 x 17 1 2 P 9001 14 x 17 2 1 P 9000 14 x 17 2 2 P 9002 14 x 17 1 1 L 2511 Page 382 Printer configuration GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table A 2 Agfa print layouts Film size Format P I Agfa layout 14x17 1 2 L 9003 14 x 17 2 1 L 9004 14 x 17 2 2 L 9005 11 x 14 1 1 P 9014 11 x 14 1 2 P
240. gnification Type CUBIC Smooth Factor 15 Trim NO Polarity NORMAL Border Density BLACK Empty Image Density BLACK Printer Memory Size 40Mbyte Select the desired layouts 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 only valid for portrait Layouts allowed for this printer 2 1 only valid for landscape Slide formats Not applicable Not supported do not select Printer configuration Page 399 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table A 12 Kodak 8700 printer configuration information Tab Attribute Value Comments 8 x 10in Pixel width Pixel height 10 x 12in Pixel width Pixel height 10 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 11 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height Film Sizes 14 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 14 x 17in Pixel width 4096 Pixel height 5221 24 x 24cm Pixel width Pixel height 24 x 30cm Pixel width Pixel height Kodak 8700 general comments The following configurations must be configured by the Kodak printer representative Calling AE TITLE must be declared in 9410 host table or print will be rejected e Pixel correction turned off TFT emulation enabled Landscape printing will be functional only if a Kodak 8800 is installed Note Customer will get incorrect image sizing if unsupported formats portrait 2 1 or landscape 1 2 are used Page 400 Printer configuration GE HEALTHCARE REVIS
241. hand switch button to the second position makes an exposure The X ray tone sounds and X ray On indicator lights Dose report After exposure observe that the dose is reported on the technique screen if DAP is present Generator Test the thermal overload interlock See 2 4 3 1 Test the thermal 20 min overload interlock on page 38 Ground Resistance PM item to be completed minimum yearly or as specified by customer 20 min Ground resistance test See 7 2 1 Performing ground resistance testing on page 131 Leakage Test PM item to be completed minimum yearly or as specified by customer 20 min Leakage test See 7 2 2 Performing leakage current testing on page 141 Table 2 3 Cleaning Component Procedure Time Est Touchscreen See 2 4 3 4 Clean touchscreen 2 min Film cassette bin Remove debris from bin 5 min Optima XR200amx only Hand Switch See 2 4 3 6 Hand switch cleaning and disinfecting 5 min Page 36 Section 2 4 Planned maintenance procedures GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Table 2 3 Cleaning OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Component Procedure Time Est Digital detector See 2 4 3 3 Clean digital detector tether and grid Optima XR220amx and 5 min Optima XR220amx Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade only on page 39 only Visual inspection of detector tether and grid for damage wear
242. he battery pack OR the tether plugged into the detector handle during cleaning If the tether is connected to the detector the other end of the tether must NOT be connected to the system Wear the recommended personal protective equipment The detector tether and grid may be cleaned with a soft cloth Avoid use of abrasive materials as this can cause scratches to the detector Use only GE approved cleaners Cidex OPA Solution ncidin Plus Sani Cloth Plus Gigasept FF Perasafe Trigene II T Spray Disinfectant Detergent Ster Bac Blue Bacillol Plus 2 4 3 4 Clean touchscreen NOTICE AN Potential for equipment damage Do not use sprays or aerosols directly on the touchscreen the liquid might seep into the housing and damage a component Never use solvents or flammable liquids on the touchscreen Follow all safety precautions stated earlier 2 4 1 Before you begin safety precautions before cleaning the touchscreen To clean the touchscreen wipe it with a clean cloth moistened with water or with a towelette designed for cleaning monitors Chapter 2 Planned Maintenance Page 39 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 2 4 3 5 Clean barcode reader window if applicable Optima XR220amx and NOTICE Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade only Potential for Equipment Damage Do not submerge the barcode reader in water The reader housing is not water tigh
243. he side covers and the rear bin See 8 1 5 Rear bin removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Page 222 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 10 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 1 Locate the circuit board See Figure 8 60 Item Description 1 Caterpillar base transition board 2 Steel counterweight Figure 8 60 Board identification lower rear Disconnect all cables 11 connections from the circuit board Remove the old circuit board 5 screws Install the new circuit board Connect all cables to the circuit board Install the rear bin Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the side covers 8 4 10 4 Finalization Perform the following functional checks Drive see Drive on page 35 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 223 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Section 8 5 Thorax assembly 8 5 1 Spyder system controller 8 5 1 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 1 2 Pre
244. horax bulkhead J4 and J5 connectors and chassis ground 23 Replace the cable ties and secure the cable drape Examine the steel cables at the top of the column to ensure proper tension has been maintained prior to unlocking the vertical carriage If the safety lock has been engaged disengaging the vertical carriage lock can result in uncontrolled cable tension and or equipment damage resulting in column replacement For details on releasing the safety lock see Column Replacement 8 6 2 3 Procedure on page 318 24 Unlock the vertical carriage 25 Install the column top cover 26 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 27 Install the front covers 28 Install the side covers 8 6 8 4 Finalization 1 Perform the following calibrations Filament see 5 3 1 Setting filament drive level on page 90 2 Perform the following HHS checks Light field to X ray field alignment see 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment on page 117 Half value layer see Table 7 17 Beam quality data half value layer on page 130 kV accuracy see 7 1 4 2 Testing kVp accuracy on page 122 mAs Accuracy see 7 1 4 3 Testing mAs accuracy on page 124 Page 356 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Reproducability see 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure
245. ice Calibration PC Boot Script View and enable View PC Now and Persistent PC View to continue viewing the PC inputs on the system monitor Verify that the system power is on Connect the service keyboard and external CD DVD drive to the USB ports on the left side Place the Optima Software DVD into the external drive Select SUIF Calibration Hardware Calibration page Select PC Boot Script View and Enable View PC Now and Persistent PC View ak Chapter 3 System data and software Page 45 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Note 10 11 12 13 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Note In step 7 below you will need to enter PC BIOS Mode using the F11 key The system is very sensitive to timing in this step To begin turn the system on wait 2 seconds then start pressing the F11 key once per second until the boot device selection screen is presented If the system continues booting or approximately 30 seconds go by and you do not see the _ boot device selection screen you will have to repeat this procedure In some cases if the F11 key is hit too many times it can lock the PC such that the keyboard is not recognized If this occurs shut the system down using the POWER RESET button and try again Shut down the system and restart Press the F11 key see note above on the service keyboard to display the P1ease Select Boot Device menu on the screen Select the TEAC drive fro
246. ice on page 29 Install the front cover 0 Install the side covers Page 234 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 8 5 6 4 Finalization Perform the following functional checks Drive see Drive on page 35 e X ray X ray on page Charging see Charging on page 35 8 5 7 Cricket board fuses gt 9 8 5 7 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 10 8 5 7 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 7 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit Anti static ESD kit 8 5 7 2 2 Consumables Cable ties 8 5 7 2 3 Replacement parts Item Cricket board fuses Quantity As required 8 5 7 2 4 Safety None 8 5 7 2 5 Required conditions OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Remove the side covers and front covers See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 8 5 7 3 Procedure ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 Locate the circuit board See Figure 8 65 2 Disconnect the cables from the front and top of the circuit board These connectors pass through the plastic safety shield and must be removed before the safety shield c
247. in to see the reset values og Section 5 4 Detector calibration Detector calibrations apply only to Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade systems For system operation detector calibrations are not normally required as the detector contains a set of calibration files Calibrations should only be performed if image quality issues warrant updating bad pixel maps and or gain calibration files NOTICE A IMAGE QUALITY AFFECTED Detector calibrations must be performed using the tether Failure to use this process can result in calibration failures and or image quality issues 5 4 1 Executing bad pixel and gain calibrations Use the Bad Pixel Calibration tool to detect defective pixels Then use the Gain Calibration Tool to calibrate a gain coefficient for each pixel to achieve uniform gain across the detector Perform these two calibrations in sequence Note DO NOT change the exposure techniques for these calibrations They are automatically set by the calibration software and are required for proper calibration 5 4 1 1 Bad pixel calibration This procedure calculates defective pixels from dark and X ray images The detector must be connected via tether and stabilized for a minimum of 10 minutes The 10 minute counter starts when the calibration is initiated Be sure that the correct firmware is downloaded to the detector before proceeding Chapter 5 Calibration Page 91 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION
248. inalization 1 Perform the following mechanical alignments Check and adjust the mechanical alignment of the park latch assembly and arm yoke for the arm retracted position for smooth and repeatable operation See 6 1 2 Tube latch to arm pin adjustment procedure on page 108 Check and adjust the Column Balance See 6 1 1 Column balance procedure on page 105 2 Perform the following functional checks Tube column and arm see Tube column and arm on page 35 X ray see X ray on page 36 3 Perform the following HHS checks Light field to X ray field alignment see 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment on page 117 4 For Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with Digital Upgrade Perform QAP refer to the Installation Manual Chapter 6 Detector checks and QAP 8 6 4 Horizontal arm brake cable assembly with track 8 6 4 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 6 4 2 Preliminary requirements 8 6 4 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 6 4 2 2 Consumables Cable ties 8 6 4 2 3 Replacement parts Item Horizontal arm brake cable assembly with track Quantity 1 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 331 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 4 2 4 Safety The column vertical lock must be engaged before any weight i e horizontal arm X ray tube collimator is removed from the vertical carriage
249. inary requirements 8 6 13 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit e 2triangular stickers e 1 piece of paper 8 6 13 2 2 Consumables Loctite 242 GE part 46 170686P2 or equivalent 8 6 13 2 3 Replacement parts Item Collimator pointer Quantity 1 kit contains parts for one knob assembly 8 6 13 2 4 Safety None 8 6 13 2 5 Required conditions Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Page 370 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 13 3 Procedure 1 Turn the knob counterclockwise until it cannot be rotated any more 2 Attach a triangle sticker on the front cover and make one of its vertexes align with the indicator line See Figure 8 166 Item Description 1 Attach temporary position markers here Figure 8 166 Paste symbols to replace the indicator plate kit 3 Remove the knob refer to 8 6 12 3 Procedure on page 369 4 Loosen two setscrews to remove the indicator plate kit from the knob shaft See Figure 8 167 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 371 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Indicator plate kit 2 Set screws 3 Knob washer Figure 8 167 Indicator plate kit replacement 5 Insert a paper between the knob wa
250. ions of cable restraints and ground wires so that they can be properly placed upon re assembly EE Item Description 1 Board mounting plate Figure 8 70 Board mounting plate 12 13 14 15 16 Remove the 7 display assembly mounting screws Figure 8 69 Item 1 from the left and right sides Remove the old display assembly and replace it with the new display assembly Install the 7 display assembly mounting screws Route the cable with 2 ferrite cores through the opening in the board mounting plate Make sure both ferrites are outside of the mounting plate before fastening it down Install the board mounting plate and 6 mounting screws Be sure to attach all ground wires and cable clamps in the proper locations Be careful not to trap any cables or wires underneath the plate Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 243 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 17 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Position the closest ferrite core into the opening in the board mounting plate See Figure 8 71 1 Position one ferrite core in opening Figure 8 71 Ferrite cores 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 2T Reconnect the 4 small cables to the Display inverter board blue left pink right Reconnect the cable to the Overlay board Figure 8 69 Item 7 Install the Hornet board 4 screws Connect the cable to the bottom of the Hornet board
251. iple locking device Chapter 1 Safety Before You Begin Page 23 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Section 1 2 Lock Out Tag Out LOTO procedure for electrical power Name of equipment Optima XR200amx Optima XR220amx Number of locks 3 Title of employees authorized to perform LOTO Those trained in LOTO Title of affected employees and how to notify Hospital personnel notified by verbal communication 1 2 1 Preparing for LOTO 1 Have this equipment on hand Safety glasses Voltage meter LOTO kit 5421892 contains see Figure 1 1 3 brass padlocks and identification labels 3 LOTO tag packages 25 tags per package 1 electrical plug lockout device 110V for AC power plug 2 electrical plug lockout devices 160VDC for battery connectors 1 nylon carry bag m ES mm 3A0N3 LON 00 110 034901 Figure 1 1 LOTO kit contents Page 24 Section 1 2 Lock Out Tag Out LOTO procedure for electrical power GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 2 Locate the AC power plug E1 system circuit breaker E2 and battery connectors E3 See Figure 1 2 Figure 1 2 Electrical energy lockout locations Chapter 1 Safety Before You Begin Page 25 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 1 2 2 Performing LOTO 1 Notify all affected per
252. ircuit board 4 screws Install the new circuit board Connect all cables to the circuit board Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the right side cover Do Or oco M Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 225 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 1 2 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 1 4 Finalization The system will report a BDM Mismatch error detected with 2 selections RESTORE and CANCEL Make sure you select RESTORE to have the Board Data Module upload the correct contents to the Spyder board Failure to do so will result in erratic or failed system functionality Recovery requires a complete firmware download and system calibrations Perform the following functional checks Drive see Drive on page 35 e X ray see X ray on page 36 8 5 2 Locust drive board 9 8 5 2 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 2 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 2 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit Anti static ESD kit 8 5 2 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 2 2 3 Replacement parts Item Locust drive circuit board Quantity 1 8 5 2 2 4 Safety None 8 5 2 2 5 Required conditions Remove the right side cover See 8 1 1 Side cover removal e Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 8 5 2 3 Procedure ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a bat
253. isengage the locks rotate the column left and right such that it stops in the detent and then verify the tube latch mechanism engages smoothly and reliably from both clockwise and counterclockwise rotational directions Re adjust as necessary T Install the front and side covers Page 114 Section 6 1 Column related assemblies GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Chapter 7 Regulatory testing When instructed to do so during installation planned maintenance or repair procedures complete the tests in this chapter to meet U S federal regulatory compliance requirements and to ensure that X rays are generated properly Section 7 1 U S federally required tests Note Important The regulatory tests described in this section are required by the United States Health and Human Services HHS Department for U S installations US only or as required by local regulations 7 1 1 Required test equipment Gather the test equipment tools and materials listed below Record the serial number and calibration due date if applicable Also record the manufacturer if not specified below HHS test kit 46 303879G1 46 315694G1 Oscilloscope Radiation meter with integrate mode Probe test stand Light meter with 596 accuracy rating Digital multimeter Light to X ray field test pattern GE 46 303843P1 or equivalent Ground tester Hioki 3157 or equivalent Leakage tester Dale 60
254. ixel height 11 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height Film Sizes 14 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 14 x 17in Pixel width 8079 Pixel height 9725 24 x 24cm Pixel width Pixel height 24 x 30cm Pixel width Pixel height Printer configuration Page 403 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Page 404 Printer configuration GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Glossary ADC or A D AE Title BIST CAN CANOPEN CR FALLBACK DAP METER DICOM ELECTRO STATIC DISCHARGE ESD ESD FPGA FRU GEHC HHS HV LAT LFC LONG LOTO LSL Analog to digital converter Application entity title Name used to identify the DICOM nodes communicating to each other AE titles need to be locally unique and are usually managed by a system administrator They are case sensitive and 16 bytes long and are configured before initializing a DICOM connection Built in self test Controller area network A serial communication method Software communications protocol used in the CAN Often called CAN Mode where if the PACS rejects DX images CR images are sent instead This occurs only if the PACS does not support DX modality images or if the PACS is configured to reject DX modality images Dose area product meter Digital Imaging and Communication in Medicine A standard for distributing and viewing medical
255. l No Burn L Test annotations 6 Burn on Send None Test Burn on Send mode 7 All Burn on Send Text Test annotations 8 Burn on Send L Test annotations 9 All No Burn None Test TEXT CR Fallback Table 5 3 Test instructions for all PACS images 5 7 3 2 Verifying DICOM header tags 1 2 On the PACS review workstation open PACS test image 1 Patient ID 2000002 Access the DICOM header information through a drop down list a button or by right clicking the image and then selecting an option such as information i or header For help contact local IT support Verify Burn on Send mode by verifying that a The WC tag is 0028x1050 and the WW tag is 0028x1051 b The values WC 5226 5226 5226 and WW 2654M 99013981 Verify VOI LUT tags as follows a Search the DICOM header for tag 0028x3010VOILUTSequence b Below that tag verify that there are three additional tags 0028x3002LUTDescriptor 0028x3003LUTExplanation 0028x3006LUTData c Verify that each VOILUTSequence has a LUTExplanation set to either Normal Harder or Softer Record the results in Table 5 4 Open PACS test image 6 and view the DICOM header Verify No Burn mode by ensuring that Chapter 5 Calibration Page 101 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN a The WC tag is 0028x1050 and the WW tag is 0028x1051 b The values are WC 8192 8192 8192 and WW 16383 12288 24575 8 Verify VOI
256. l cables to the circuit board Install the Firefly board safety shield Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 oN OO PWN Page 230 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 9 Install the left side cover 8 5 4 4 Finalization The system will report a BDM Mismatch error detected with 2 selections RESTORE and CANCEL Make sure you select RESTORE to have the Board Data Module upload the correct contents to the Firefly board Failure to do so will result in erratic or failed system functionality Recovery requires a complete firmware download and system calibrations Perform the following functional checks Charging see Charging on page 35 8 5 5 Firefly board fuses 8 5 5 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 10 8 5 5 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 5 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit Anti static ESD kit 8 5 5 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 5 2 3 Replacement parts Item Firefly board fuses Quantity As required 8 5 5 2 4 Safety None 8 5 5 2 5 Required conditions e Remove the left side cover See 8 1 1 Side cover removal e Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 231 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 5 3 Procedure A ELEC
257. lacement procedures Page 327 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Horizontal arm cable bracket 2 Horizontal arm Figure 8 134 Horizontal arm cable bracket Page 328 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 6 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN See Figure 8 135 Remove the three tube yoke mounting screws Item 1 from the horizontal arm Item 2 Item Description 1 Tube yoke mounting screws 3 used 2 Horizontal arm 3 X ray tube yoke assembly Figure 8 135 X ray tube mount T Tip the front of the X ray tube assembly upward and slide the assembly out of the horizontal arm Set the assembly on the work surface Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 329 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN See Figure 8 136 Remove the two mounting screws Item 1 and the mounting block Item 2 from the horizontal arm Item 3 A 2 RD Item Description 1 Mounting screws Mounting block 2 3 Horizontal arm 4 Vertical carriage Figure 8 136 Horizontal arm 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Tip the front of the horizontal arm upward and lif
258. ld to X ray field alignment Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade on page 119 7 1 3 2 3 Light field to X ray field alignment Optima XR200amx 1 N 8 Open the collimator blades to 12 X 12 inches Be careful not to bump the receptor or test pattern Make another exposure on the same receptor Develop the film in a dark room Use a light box to locate the edges of the 10 X 10 inch field and make a pencil mark on the North South East and West edges of the 10 X 10 inch X ray field Measure from the 10 X 10 inch test pattern mark light field to the pencil mark of the 10 X 10 inch X ray field for each North South East and West vector This is the error measurement If the light field is outside the test pattern scale record it as a positive value If the light field is inside the test pattern scale record it as a negative value Enter the measurements in the X ray field row of Table 7 3 Value N S E W Light field 5 5 5 5 X ray field Error Table 7 3 Optima XR200amx light field to X ray field alignment Calculate the absolute error value for N S and E W and record it here ABS N S error ABS E W error Determine the percentage of misalignment and record it here ABS N 5 error SID 100 ABS E W error SID 100 Verify that the percentage of misalignment is within the specification in Table 7 2 7 1 3 2 4 Light field t
259. le 2 Stator cable Figure 8 22 Cable identification at Cathode side of X ray tube Anode Side Cathode Side Figure 8 23 Cable routing at rear of X ray tube Note HV cables must be lubricated with silicone oil GE P N LNR8733 before insertion into the tank HV wells See Figure 8 24 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 173 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN HV Cable Figure 8 24 Lubricate HV cables 11 Insertthe new cable s into the Djinn HV tank well s Make sure that the cable marking Djinn Anode or Djinn Cathode matches up with the HV tank marking Anode or Cathode See Figure 8 17 Tighten the HV cable tightening ring s then tighten the set screw s in the ring s see Figure 8 18 12 Arrange the cable bundle as shown in Figure 8 25 use a cable tie to maintain cable positions 13 Install the clamp onto the cable bundle DO NOT TIGHTEN THE CLAMP YET 14 Mountthe clamp to the Thorax chassis Slide the clamp to the rear of the mounting screw slots 15 Tighten the clamp around the cable bundle ensuring that the cables are not pinched by the clamp Item Description 1 DAP cable optional for Optima XR200amx systems 2 Wireless cable only valid for Optima XR220amx systems 3 Vertical brake cable 4 Horizontal arm lock cable Figure 8 25 Correct cable bundle arrangement Page 174 Section 8 2 Cable repla
260. le clamp on the horizontal arm Cable clamp on the vertical column Cable clamp near HV Tank Figure 8 20 HV cables HV cables must be lubricated with silicone grease GE P N 46 125224P3 or equivalent before insertion into the X ray tube HV wells 9 Insert the new cable s into the X ray tube HV well s Make sure that the cable marking Tube Anode or Tube Cathode matches up with the X ray tube marking Anode or Cathode Route the cable s along the vertical column and horizontal arm installing cable clamps and cable ties at the marked positions If the new HV cables are longer than the old cables be sure to distribute the extra length as shown in Figure 8 20 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 171 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 10 Atthe rear of the X ray tube route the cables and apply cable ties as shown in Figure 8 21 Figure 8 22 and Figure 8 23 a Item Description 1 Cathode high voltage cable Wireless detector cable digital systems only 2 3 Collimator cable 4 DAP cable standard on Optima XR220amx optional on Optima XR200amx Figure 8 21 Cable identification at Anode side of X ray tube Page 172 Section 8 2 Cable replacement GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Anode high voltage cab
261. like Ready or Ready for input 5 1 1 Saving changes After changing creating or restoring calibration files be sure to reboot the system so that the application software can detect the file changes After completing the steps in this chapter save the changes by performing a system backup See Chapter 3 System data and software in the Optima XR200amx XR220amx System Manual for the backup procedure Section 5 2 Touchscreen calibration 5 2 1 Calibrating the touchscreen Follow this procedure to set the active area of the touchscreen and align it to the underlying video application to ensure accurate measurement On the Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button On the Utilities desktop press LAUNCH On the SUIF home page press the CALIBRATION tab button On the Calibration page in the left folder tree select TOUCHSCREEN Press START and follow the on screen instructions The touchscreen calibration utility prompts you to touch a cross hair icon in a series of nine locations Afterward you can press ACCEPT to write the settings to the calibration config file or CANCEL to discard the settings When the cross hair appears you have 10 seconds to respond A countdown timer is displayed If you do not respond within 10 seconds the calibration is aborted Chapter 5 Calibration Page 89 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN After y
262. liminary requirements 8 5 1 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit Anti static ESD kit 8 5 1 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 1 2 3 Replacement parts Item Spyder system controller board Quantity 1 Note The Spyder controller board is different in Brivo and Optima system configurations You must use the correct Spyder board part number for all replacements Failure to use the correct board will result in erratic system behavior and or system non functionality including non recoverable Spyder board damage 8 5 1 2 4 Safety None 8 5 1 2 5 Required conditions Remove the right side cover See 8 1 1 Side cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Page 224 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 1 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 1 Locate the circuit board See Figure 8 61 Item Description 1 Spyder system controller board 2 Locust drive board Figure 8 61 Board identification right side Disconnect all cables 9 13 connections depending on configuration from the circuit board Remove the old c
263. ls and test equipment Standard tool kit 6 1 1 2 2 Consumables Loctite 242 GE part 46 170686P2 or equivalent 6 1 1 2 3 Replacement parts None 6 1 1 2 4 Safety None 6 1 1 2 5 Required conditions None Chapter 6 Mechanical adjustment procedures Page 105 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 6 1 1 3 Procedure 1 Remove the apron hanger bracket from the vertical column See Figure 6 1 1 Apron hanger bracket Figure 6 1 Apron hanger bracket 2 You now can see the top of the compressed spring assembly see Figure 6 2 There is up to 1 5 inches of adjustment before the tool insertion becomes un usable Note The column comes pre adjusted such that the fine adjustment range falls within the physical adjustment opening in the column see Figure 6 2 Item 2 Do not attempt to adjust the spring tension if the tool does not engage in the adjustment holes easily Page 106 Section 6 1 Column related assemblies GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Counterbalance adjustment holes 2 Physical adjustment opening in the column Figure 6 2 Vertical counterbalance adjustment 3 4 Raise the tube arm to approximately 2 5 cm 1 in from the top of the column This reduces spring tension allowing easier adjustment Using a 4 mm hex key ins
264. m 4 and cut the cable ties Item 2 from the cable s to be replaced Description Cable clamps Cable ties Horizontal arm 2 3 4 Vertical column Figure 8 19 Cable clamps and ties 6 Use aHV spanner wrench to loosen and remove the HV cable tightening ring s at the X ray tube Pull the cable s out of the tube 7 Lay the old cable down next to the new cable and transfer the cable clamp and cable tie position marks over to the new cable If both cables are being replaced be sure to pair up anode cables and cathode cables 8 Remove the ferrites see Figure 8 17 Item 3 from the old HV cables and install them in the same locations on the new HV cables Note Some of the original systems had HV cables that are approximately 250mm 10 inches shorter than the replacement HV cables Distribute the additional cable length as follows see Figure 8 20 Add 75mm 3 inches in Loop 1 Item 1 between the two plastic cable clamps on the horizontal arm Item 3 and vertical column Item 4 175mm 7 inches in Loop 2 Item 2 between the plastic clamp on the vertical column Item 4 and the clamp near the Djinn HV tank Item 5 Page 170 Section 8 2 Cable replacement GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Note OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN pu Item Description 1 Loop 1 Add 75mm 3 inches Loop 2 Add 175mm 7 inches Cab
265. m of adjustment capability for smooth and reliable engagement of the tube latch assembly Page 108 Section 6 1 Column related assemblies GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 1 Ensure the tube latch assembly is properly secured to the Thorax See Figure 6 3 Item Description 1 Tube latch assembly Figure 6 3 Tube latch assembly on Thorax 2 Adjust the screw tension of the tube latch pin assembly on the horizontal arm see Figure 6 4 such that it is snug but can be moved forward backward with slight effort 3 Make sure the arm is fully retracted compressed Chapter 6 Mechanical adjustment procedures Page 109 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Tube latch pin assembly Figure 6 4 Tube latch pin assembly 4 Lower the horizontal arm so that it engages with the Thorax tube latch assembly Manually slide the tube latch pin assembly to facilitate the engagement 5 Manually release the Thorax side of the tube latch such that the horizontal arm side of the pin assembly is not disturbed 6 Carefully torque fasteners of the tube latch pin assembly to 8 1 N m 6 lb ft no thread locker is used See Figure 6 4 7 Raise and lower the horizontal arm such that the arm latching feature can be engaged and disengaged several times to ens
266. m the menu and press the ENTER key on the service keyboard On the next popup selectthe option 1 Install system from this image on this DVD and press the ENTER key on the Service Keyboard The software installation begins Note Do not walk away during this process you need to be present If during the installation process the system presents you with a screen to choose either to enter Degraded Mode or Shutdown click DEGRADED MODE immediately Then enable View PC Now using PC Boot Script View If this step is missed you will not see the PC reboot Wait for the installation to complete indicated by an automatic reboot of the PC It will take approximately 10 minutes to complete If you missed the note on step 10 the reboot will not be apparent In this case you will need to start over from step 6 above Remove the Optima Software DVD from the external DVD CD ROM drive Disconnect the external drive from the system The Load From Cold procedure is now complete Enter PC Boot Script View and set View PC Now DISABLED and Persistent PC View OFF If your customer uses 192 168 x x for the hospital network connectivity then you must modify the systems internal IP address scheme See Section 4 13 IP Address Change Procedure on page 80 This must be done after a Software load and before performing a system Backup Restore Failure to follow these instructions will result in boot failures and the system in degraded mode 15
267. mages will be handled after acquisition including printing archiving and deleting For more information about image management parameters including Auto Print Auto Send sometimes called Auto Push and Auto Delete refer to the Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade Operator Manual Section 4 6 Image processing 4 6 1 Enabling EMI reduction The EMI Reduction algorithm is designed to reduce artifacts resulting from electromagnetic interference from other equipment in the area during image acquisition Administrative users can enable or disable EMI reduction using the UTILITIES gt PREFERENCES IMAGE PROCESSING screen Contact a GE service representative to configure EMI reduction factors Page 66 Section 4 5 Image management GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Section 4 7 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Loading demo images Load demo images from the CD ROM provided with the system into the image database This is applicable only to Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade systems Refer to the Optima XR220amx Operator Manual s chapter on Image Management for more details 4 7 1 Loading images from CD Follow this process to access images stored on a CD 1 2 Section 4 8 Attach the external CD DVD drive and insert the disk with images into the CD DVD drive On the Image Management screen press Source CD1 The exam list is updated to show the images s
268. meter setup Setting up the Piranha and Palm OS for wireless connectivity 1 Power on the Piranha using the power switch 2 Place the Piranha under the tube or mount it on a stand as needed Position the Piranha in such a way thatthe area is orientated perpendicular to the anode cathode axis 3 Collimate the X ray field slightly larger than the Piranha active sensor QABrowser for kVp Accuracy Test Note DO NOT SELECT THE AMX 4 MODE UNDER SETTINGS WAVEFORM ON THE METER THE AMX 4 MODE IS NOT VALID FOR USE WITH THIS PRODUCT 1 Turn on the Palm OS 2 Launch the QABrowser by tapping on the QABrowser icon Please note that All needs to be selected atthe top of the screen for the QABrowser icon to be visible 3 The handheld searches for available Bluetooth devices and shows them to you Select the Piranha meter and Press Ok Please note that the Piranha meter might be selected automatically thus proceeding to the next step From the Select Type of Measurement Menu select Radiography and press Select From the Select Parameter Menu select Tube Voltage and press Select Tap Appl to open application list From Select Application Menu choose Accuracy and then tap the Back button to bring you back to the kVp measurement screen 122 Section 7 1 U S federally required tests GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 7 1 4 2 2 Procedure PON OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN
269. meters per 21CFR 1020 30 define that this test should be performed in 1 meter in any direction from the source 3 dimensionally Also stated is the following Compliance shall be determined by measurements averaged over an area of 100 square cm with no linear dimension greater than 20 cm This statement defines the maximum size of the lonization Chamber that should be used Figure 7 21 illustrates the approximate position of the Toshiba Rotanode E7894X X ray Tube assembly utilized with these defined products Page 146 Section 7 3 Tube Radiation Leakage Test Optional GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Note OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN When making these measurements it is common to see the highest readings relative to the anode side of the tube ANODE c 5 c E G en O CATHODE Figure 7 21 Model E7894X Focal Spot Reference Drawings not to scale See OEM data sheet for details Background The Optima XR220amx Optima XR200amx Optima XR200amx with Digital Upgrade and the Brivo XR285amx products are battery operated systems and not capacitive discharge or field emission systems Therefore per regulatory requirements 21CFR 1020 30 being the most stringent we fall under the For all other diagnostic source assemblies category Per 21CFR the leakage radiation from the diagnostic source assembly shall not exceed 0 88 mGy air kerma in 1 hour In our sy
270. mmon and NC normally closed terminals of the switch Install the access cover Install the rear bin Install the sides covers 8 5 16 4 Finalization Perform the following functional checks Drive speed limited in tethered mode see Table 2 2 Functional checks on page 35 8 5 17 Detector charge cable assembly Applies to Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade systems only 8 5 17 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 17 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 17 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 5 17 2 2 Consumables None Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 255 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 17 2 3 Replacement parts Item Detector charge cable assembly Quantity 1 8 5 17 2 4 Safety None 8 5 17 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the rear bin See 8 1 5 Rear bin removal 8 5 17 3 Procedure 1 SeeFigure 8 79 Remove the 3 mounting screws Item1 and access cover Item 2 from the bottom of the rear bin Item 3 Item Description 1 Mounting screws 3 used 2 Access cover 3 Rear bin Figure 8 79 Rear bin bottom view 2 See Figure 8 80 Loosen the four mounting screws Item 1 Do not attempt to remove the Screws as they are captive style Page 256 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR2
271. n type Required fields Encryption if different than TKIP Identity Password Client certificate WPA Enterprise EAP Inner Auth Private key file Private key password PEAP version only if EAP method is set to PEAP Encryption if different than TKIP WPA Personal PSK PSK Encryption if different than CCMP Identity Password Client certificate WPA2 Enterprise EAP e nner Auth Private key file Private key password PEAP version only if EAP method is set to PEAP Click ADD Select the Current Status tab and click CONNECT Verify successful connection message To verify connectivity a Select FILE menu TOOLS b Enter the IP of the machine you want to ping c Press START PING and check for messages verifying connectivity d Press STOP PING 4 2 6 3 Configuring non broadcast SSID networks On the Wireless configuration screen select NETWORK menu ADD Select IP settings If the system will be identified on the network by a static IP address select STATIC IP and enter the IP address netmask and gateway If no gateway is used you must enter 0 0 0 0 If the system will be identified on the network using DHCP select DHCP Enter the network SSID Choose the authentication type Page 56 Section 4 2 Using the System Configuration Tool SUIF GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Some fields are auto popula
272. nected to the common COM and normally open NO terminals on the switches Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the front covers and side covers 8 4 3 4 Finalization Perform the following functional checks Drive all tests see Drive on page 35 8 4 4 Front caster 8 4 4 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 or 2 Timing min 30 8 4 4 2 Preliminary requirements 8 4 4 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 3 2 x 4 inch wood blocks or equivalent 1 3 ft to 4 ft 1 0 to 1 2 m wood lever or equivalent Lever to be construction grade or better with no splits bowing and free from knots 8 4 4 2 2 Consumables None 8 4 4 2 3 Replacement parts Item Front caster Quantity 1 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 195 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 TIPPING Tipping OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 4 2 4 Safety PPE Gloves PPE Kneeling pad TIPPING HAZARD THE POTENTIAL FOR SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH EXISTS ENSURE WORK AREA IS FREE AND CLEAR OF ANY PERSONS OR OBJECTS WITHIN A 3 METER RANGE OF THE SYSTEM 8 4 4 2 5 Required conditions e Remove the side cover for the caster that requires replacement See 8 1 1 Side cover removal e Remove the front cover for the caster that requires replacement See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO
273. ngs Contact a GE service representative to change Auto Protocol Assist settings Section 4 4 DICOM connectivity configuration Follow the procedures in this section to configure DICOM connectivity to network hosts and printers After successful configuration use the tables below to capture the system s DICOM connectivity configuration for future reference Store the worksheets in a secure location at the site 4 4 1 Network host configuration 4 4 1 1 Adding network hosts This section provides instructions for setting the system preferences for network host connections 1 Turn on the system 2 Onthe Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button On the Utilities desktop next to Network Connections press EDIT On the Network Connections window in the Network Hosts section press ADD The Add Network Host screen appears 5 Onthe Add Network Host window on the Host tab enter the appropriate values in the fields listed below Some fields are available only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx moo Chapter 4 Configuration Page 61 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN with digital upgrade system Table 4 12 Add Network Host Hosts tab description Function Description Name of the host that appears in the Network Hosts lists and Host Label on the Image Management screen Host labels cannot contain spaces use underscores _ to separate words
274. nk assembly To remove the HV cables the set screws Figure 8 18 in the tightening rings must be loosened Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 269 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 3 Remove the power module HV tank assembly 4 screws See Figure 8 89 Due to space limitations the module must be removed from the rear of the unit Item Description 1 Mounting screws for power module HV tank assembly Figure 8 89 Power module HV tank mounting screws Remove the HV tank module from the assembly 8 screws Disconnect the cables between the power module and HV tank 4 cables Mount the new HV tank module in the assembly Reconnect the cables between the power module and HV tank Install the assembly in the chassis Note HV cables must be lubricated with silicone oil GE P N LNR8733 before insertion into the HV tank cable wells See Figure 8 90 Figure 8 90 Lubricate HV cables 9 Connect all cables to the assembly After installing the HV cables tighten the set screws in the HV cable tightening rings 10 Install the rear bin Page 270 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 11 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 12 Install the front covers 13 Install the side covers 8 5 23 4 Fin
275. nned Maintenance Page 35 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table 2 2 Functional checks Component Procedure Time Est Collimator Collimator interface plate is securely fastened to the X ray tube If not 15 min DO NOT USE Service is required e Verify that three brass tabs hold collimator securely to the collimator interface plate If not DO NOT USE Service is required e 510 tape extends to 6 ft 1830 mm e SID tape retracts automatically Pressing field light buttons on handswitch or on collimator turns field light on Rotational detent knob right side of collimator must be unscrewed counter clockwise to rotate collimator e Tightening rotational detent knob clockwise will secure collimator in any position Collimator rotates 90 from center to either side Rotational detent knob engages at center and at 90 either side from center Replace rotational detent knob assembly if excessive rotational movement is present Moving transverse lateral and longitudinal field sizing knobs moves the respective collimator blades X ray Caution Radiation Hazard 3 min Unit must be in a location where X rays can be made safely Close collimator blades and move tube arm to its lowest position e Select lowest kVp and mAs settings D Pressing the X ray hand switch button to the first position causes the tube anode to rotate Pressing the X ray
276. nned barcode characters appear in the Login ID field on the login screen and the cursor remains at the end of the scanned barcode The configuration is successful and the barcode reader is ready for use 4 Replace the system covers 4 10 2 3 Optional configuration 1 Optional configuration 1 is to add a Tab at the end instead of Return This configuration sets the barcode reader to add a Tab at the end of the scan instead of a Return Have a printed copy of these pages on hand so you can scan the necessary barcodes If you make a mistake during this configuration start over at step 1 1 Power up the system Wait until the green LED on the receiver starts flashing 2 Perform 4 10 2 1 Setting to default configuration on page 72 3 Scan the barcodes shown in Figure 4 7 top to bottom After scanning each barcode you will hear one set of high low high beeps The scanner will beep at a one second interval and the LED will alternate green and red After scanning the last barcode the scanner beam will turn off SET Page 72 Section 4 10 Installing hardware options GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Figure 4 7 Set Tab at the end instead of Return END 4 10 2 4 Verifying optional configuration 1 1 4 Turn on the system Wait until the login screen appears Verify that a green LED is blinking on the barcode reader receiver Scan an
277. nt e Standard tool kit Anti static ESD kit 8 5 3 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 3 2 3 Replacement parts Item Locust drive board fuses Quantity As required 8 5 3 2 4 Safety 8 5 3 2 5 Required conditions Remove the right side cover See 8 1 1 Side cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 227 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 3 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 1 Locate the circuit board See Figure 8 61 2 Locate the bad fuse See Figure 8 62 Item Description F12 Right motor fuse 8A time delay 300vdc 600vac F13 Left motor fuse 8A time delay 300vdc 600vac F15 Locks fuse 8A time delay 300vdc 600vac Figure 8 62 Locust board fuses gv A oto Remove the old fuse Install the new fuse Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the right side cover 8 5 3 4 Finalization Perform the following functional checks Page 228 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220A
278. ntact Person Name Person responsible for system maintenance Contact Person Phone Phone number of person responsible for system maintenance System ID Editable by GE Healthcare personnel only System identifier assigned by GE Healthcare following system installation and prior to customer turnover This field is a GE proprietary field and cannot be used for any purpose other than the System ID Violation of this mandate will result in Insite and or other features not working Customer IT personnel need to use other means for DICOM filtering on their DICOM machines Installation Date Editable by GE Healthcare personnel only Date system installation is completed created by GE Healthcare Service Contract Number Editable by GE Healthcare personnel only Customer s Service Contract number created by GE Healthcare Contract Expiration Editable by GE Healthcare personnel only Customer s Service Contract expiration date created by GE Healthcare Page 52 Section 4 2 Using the System Configuration Tool SUIF GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 4 2 2 Networking configuration The following information can be viewed regardless of service mode Table 4 3 Networking tab parameters Parameter Definition Options DHCP or Static Determines whether the IP address is assigned or acquired DHCP Configuration dynamically If
279. nting bracket nuts Item 4 and mounting bracket Item 5 from the rear bin Item 1 Item Description 1 Rear bin 2 Rear bin kickplate mounting nuts 3 used 3 Rear bin kickplate 4 Rear bin mounting bracket mounting nuts 6 used 5 Rear bin mounting bracket Figure 8 57 Rear bin assembly Attach the new mounting bracket to the rear bin Install and tighten the mounting nuts Attach the kickplate to the mounting bracket Install and tighten the mounting nuts Attach the rear bin assembly to the chassis Install and tighten the mounting screws Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the sides covers Noa 8 4 8 4 Finalization None Page 218 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 9 Motor brake and motor reducer assembly 8 4 9 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 8 4 9 2 Preliminary requirements 8 4 9 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 4 9 2 2 Consumables None 8 4 9 2 3 Replacement parts Item Motor reducer assembly and or motor brake Quantity 1 8 4 9 2 4 Safety None 8 4 9 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the rear bin See 8 1 5 Rear bin removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Remove the d
280. o X ray field alignment Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade Select the RAW image select Annotation select Measurement Tools then select line cursors Using the Line Measurement Tools measure the text pattern scale number seen for each North South East and West edge of the image This is the X ray field dimension for example 4 T Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 119 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Enter the measurements in the X ray field row of Table 7 4 Value N S E Light field 5 5 5 5 X ray field Error Table 7 4 Optima XR220amx light field to X ray field alignment Determine the error difference between the light field and X ray field values for the N S E and W vector If the X ray field value is greater than 5 record the error as a positive value If the X ray field value is less than 5 record the error as a positive value Calculate the absolute error value for N S and E W and record it here ABS N S error ABS E W eror Determine the percentage of misalignment and record it here ABS N 5 error SID 100 7 ABS E W error SID 100 Verify that the percentage of misalignment is within the specification in Table 7 2 7 1 3 3 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR200amx For Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade see
281. o ensure proper tension has been maintained prior to unlocking the vertical carriage If the safety lock has been engaged disengaging the vertical carriage lock can result in uncontrolled cable tension and or equipment damage resulting in column replacement For details on releasing the safety lock see Column Replacement 8 6 2 3 Procedure on page 318 27 Unlock the vertical carriage and install the column top cover 28 Install the front bin 29 Install the column skirt covers 30 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 31 Install the front covers 32 Install the side covers 8 6 2 4 Finalization 1 Perform the following mechanical alignments Check and adjust the mechanical alignment of the park latch assembly and arm yoke for the arm retracted position for smooth and repeatable operation See 6 1 2 Tube latch to arm pin adjustment procedure on page 108 Check and adjust the mechanical alignment of the column rotational detent position See 6 1 3 Column rotational detent procedure on page 111 Check and adjust the Column Balance See 6 1 1 Column balance procedure on page 105 2 Perform the following functional checks Tube column and see Tube column and arm on page 35 X ray see X ray on page 36 3 Perform the following HHS checks Page 326 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX
282. o the Password field Chapter 4 Configuration Page 73 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN The configuration is successful and the barcode reader is ready for use 4 Replace the system covers 4 10 3 Installing the Dose Area Product DAP meter 4 10 3 1 DAP installation for Optima XR220amx system 1 Shut down the system and turn off the main circuit breaker 2 Unpack the DAP meter 3 Slide the meter into the lower set of collimator rails the set further from the collimator The meter must be installed with the cable exiting toward the rear 4 Connect the DAP cable to the existing connector in the cable drape See Figure 4 9 T 4 y ay u M H m e Figure 4 9 DAP meter cable attached 5 For Optima XR220amx systems the DAP meter option is a standard option and has already been enabled It can be turned on off at the Applications level On the Applications desktop click the UTILITIES button On the Utilities desktop select PREFERENCES gt OPTIONS Turn the DAP function ON Refer to the system Operator Manual for instructions on DAP usage EJ Notice The system must be reset using the power button each time the DAP meter is disconnected and then reconnected with system power on The DAP meter does not support Hot Swapping Failure to reset the system in this occurrence can result in an inaccurate dose value repo
283. ocate the thermal overload cable connector The thermal overload cable is connected to a short pigtail cable that is plugged into the generator 15 kW auxiliary module See Figure 2 1 4 Disconnect the thermal overload cable from the 15 kW auxiliary module Item Description 1 Disconnect thermal overload cable at the pigtail connector 2 OR disconnect thermal overload cable pigtail from the 15 kW auxiliary module Figure 2 1 Thermal overload cable connection 5 Turn on system power and wait until it boots to Applications level 6 Attempt to make an exposure Verify that the generator aborts the exposure with a tube thermal overload error 7 Reconnect the thermal overload cable Page 38 Section 2 4 Planned maintenance procedures GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 2 4 3 2 Clean PC cooling vents 1 Power off the system 2 Remove the top cover See the System manual Replacement Procedures Top cover removal 3 Clean the cooling vents of the PC assembly 2 4 3 3 Clean digital detector tether and grid Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade only NOTICE Potential for equipment damage The detector tether and grid should never be immersed in any fluid chemical Doing so may cause severe damage to the product Apply any liquids to a clean cloth and then use the cloth on the component 1 The detector must have t
284. ocess to report all omissions errors and defects in this publication Preface Page 9 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Revision history Revision Date Reason for change 1 28SEP2011 Initial release of document 280CT2011 Updated Regulatory Testing chapter Refer to SPR HCSDM00103500 Validation updates Refer to SPRs HCSDM00103500 HCSDM00104175 HCSDM00104185 HCSDM00104239 HCSDM00104254 HCSDM00104548 HCSDMO00104550 HCSDM00104554 HCSDM00105012 HCSDM00105013 HCSDMO00105014 HCSDM00105016 HCSDM00105017 HCSDM00105018 HCSDM00105019 HCSDM00105021 HCSDM00105022 HCSDM00105023 HCSDM00105027 HCSDM00105246 HCSDM00105247 HCSDM00105248 HCSDMO00105249 HCSDM00105252 HCSDM00105253 HCSDM00105257 HCSDMO00105259 HCSDM00105262 HCSDM00105479 HCSDM00105537 09NOV2011 Updated Load From Cold sections Refer to SPR HCSDMO0010749 14NOV2011 Validation updates Refer to SPRs HCSDM00108056 HCSDM00108058 HCSDM00108059 HCSDM00108068 HCSDM00108075 HCSDMO00108076 HCSDM00108095 HCSDM00108096 HCSDM00108097 HCSDM00108098 17NOV2011 Validation updates Refer to SPRs HCSDM00109056 HCSDM00109082 05DEC2011 Validation updates Refer to SPR HCSDM00111281 05FEB2012 Added Chapter 4 Section 4 13 IP Address Change Procedure Added Note to Chapter 3 Sections 3 2 1 2 1 after step 14 and 3 2 1 2 2 after step
285. ocker Item Description 1 Mounting nut 2 Power switch Figure 8 105 Power switch 8 Remove the old power switch and replace with the new part Install and secure the mounting nut using a thread locker 9 Install the Display Overlay Board and re connect the cables 10 Install the cable clamps 3 11 Connect the power switch connector 12 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 13 Install the top cover 14 Install the side covers 8 5 33 4 Finalization None Page 296 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 34 Overlay board assembly 8 5 34 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 20 8 5 34 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 34 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit Anti static ESD kit 8 5 34 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 34 2 3 Replacement parts Item Overlay board assembly Quantity 1 8 5 34 2 4 Safety None 8 5 34 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the top cover See 8 1 2 Top cover removal e Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 8 5 34 3 Procedure o ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page
286. of the front bumper this will make the installation of the column mounting bolt easier If needed rotate the Column Inner Sleeve by hand to face the bolt hole towards the front of the system a To rotate by hand you must remove the brake assembly Note this may not be necessary as the replacement part should already be pre positioned See 8 4 5 Spring applied brake column rotational brake on page 200 c Re install the brake assembly before attempting to install the column Page 212 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN _ Item Description _ 1 Position bolt hole towards the front Bolt hole position range 45 degrees from center as shown Figure 8 55 Ensuring the Column Bolt Hole is facing the front of the system 10 Using two people lift the column into position on the chassis and install the column mounting bolt Torque to 90 N m 66 4 ft lb no thread locker is used 11 Pry out the Rotational Detent Arm with a Flathead screwdriver and remove the Allen wrench that was used to hold the rotational detent arm out 12 Install the cable bracket onto the column 13 Install the horizontal arm and the X ray tube See 8 6 3 Horizontal arm assembly on page 327 See Figure 8 21 Figure 8 22 and Figure 8 23 for cable routing at the rear of the X ray tube 14 Install the collimator See 8 6 9 Collimator on pag
287. of the spring will be vertical see Figure 8 112 o woo Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 303 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN REVISION 12 Item Description 1 Latch spring 2 Screwdriver Figure 8 111 Depress spring during installation O EES Rey 7 ee Figure 8 112 Correct latch spring orientation 13 Hold the latch in position and re install the pin 14 Verify that the latch operates under tension 15 Connect the spade connectors to the switch Page 304 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 16 Install the switch into the assembly and tighten the mounting screws Take care to apply even force alternating between screws so as not to crack damage the switch 17 Install the park latch assembly onto the system 18 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 19 Install the top cover 20 Install the side covers 8 5 35 4 Finalization 1 Perform the following mechanical alignment Check and adjust the mechanical alignment of the park latch assembly arm yoke for the arm retracted position for smooth and repeatable operation See 6 1 2 Tube latch to arm pin adjustment procedure on page 108 Check and adjust the mechanical alignment of the column rotational detent position See 6 1
288. on page 127 Linearity see 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure on page 127 3 For Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with Digital Upgrade Perform QAP refer to the Installation Manual Chapter 6 Detector checks and QAP Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 357 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 9 Collimator 8 6 9 1 Collimator replacement 8 6 9 1 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 60 8 6 9 1 2 Preliminary requirements 8 6 9 1 3 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit One Hexagon Wrench for M3 screws 8 6 9 1 4 Consumables Cable ties 8 6 9 1 5 Replacement parts Item Collimator Quantity 1 8 6 9 1 6 Safety The column vertical lock must be engaged before any weight i e horizontal arm X ray tube collimator is removed from the vertical carriage Lead Locations See Figure 8 155 ff HH IN f V Item Description 1 Lead cone 2 Filter 3 Rear cover lead plate pasted inside Figure 8 155 Lead locations Page 358 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL 8 6 9 1 7 Required conditions Remove the side covers front covers and front bin See 8 1 4 Front bin removal on page 156 Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing
289. on page 67 Operator manual See Section 4 8 Installing the Operator Manual on page 67 Hardware options such as the See Section 4 10 Installing hardware options on page 68 barcode reader System login See Section 4 9 Login and user management on page 68 If system backups are lost or missing If the software is re installed but system configuration files are not restored configure the system again GE service may need to be contacted to enable purchased options A software install resets all configuration data If the system configuration files are restored you do not need to re configure the system After adding purchased options Installation of purchased options can only be performed by an authorized GE Healthcare service representative If you add purchased options to the system update the system configuration files immediately and create and save a new backup Purchased option configurations are described in 4 2 7 Options configuration on page 57 Section 4 2 Using the System Configuration Tool SUIF 1 Turon the system 2 Logon to the system with administrator privileges 3 Onthe Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button Chapter 4 Configuration Page 51 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN On the Utilities desktop next to Service press LAUNCH The Service Home tab is displayed The Home tab contains summary information including site identifica
290. on screen instructions Hardware calibration 5 6 1 Drive handle calibration Follow this procedure to calibrate the drive handle and ensure accurate movement and steering BO NS On the Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button On the Utilities desktop press LAUNCH On the SUIF home page press the CALIBRATION tab button On the Calibration page in the left folder tree select HARDWARE CALIBRATION gt DRIVE HANDLE Follow the on screen instructions 5 6 2 Touch screen calibration Follow this procedure to calibrate the touch screen This calibration is needed for when the Spyder board has control of the display due to switch display functionality This calibration is in addition to the SW touch screen calibration also found in the SUIF PO NM gt On the Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button On the Utilities desktop press LAUNCH On the SUIF home page press the CALIBRATION tab button On the Calibration page in the left folder tree select HARDWARE CALIBRATION gt TOUCH SCREEN Follow the on screen instructions 5 6 3 DAP calibration 5 6 3 1 Personnel Requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 30 5 6 3 2 Preliminary requirements 5 6 3 2 1 Tools and test equipment Dose meter with mR or uGy measurement units Page 94 Section 5 6 Hardware calibration GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 5 6
291. or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade system Table 4 13 Add Network Host Preferences tab description Function Description Available only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade system Allows this host to search and filter the system Allow this network host to query the system name Available only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima Allow this network host to retrieve from XR200amx with digital upgrade system the system name Allows this host to open and display exams from the system Page 62 Section 4 4 DICOM connectivity configuration GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table 4 13 Add Network Host Preferences tab description Function Description Available only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade system Allows the host to send images to the system Allow this network host to send images to the system name Available only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima This network host accepts multiple XR200amx with digital upgrade system frame image Allows multiple frame images to be sent to this network host Available only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima Perform de identification anonymous XR200amx with digital upgrade system atient images when sending to this Wis J Automatically de identifies anonymizes any images that the system sends to this host A
292. or and tighten the screws Page 374 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 Tum the rotation lock handle until the black line on the handle shaft aligns to the back surface of the rotation lock set 9 Rotate the collimator to the desired position 10 Verify if there is misalignment refer to 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment on page 117 If there is misalignment in the N S lateral orientation then Ensure the lamp position is according to the requirement of step 6 above If the lamp position is correct adjust the lamp support by loosening the screws See Figure 8 169 ILE Item Description 1 Adjustment screws Figure 8 169 Lamp support adjustment If there is misalignment in E W longitudinal orientation then Ensure the lamp position is according to the requirement of step 4 above Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 375 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN If the screws are not loosened adjust the lamp mask by loosening the screws then adjust orientation See Figure 8 170 EE i SS Item Description 1 Adjust orientation 2 Screws for lamp mask Figure 8 170 Lamp mask adjustment 11 Darken the exam room an
293. ormat 4 2 5 Generator configuration Table 4 6 Generator tab parameters Parameter Definition Percentage of the tube thermal capacity limit from 0 to 100 When this limit is reached X ray exposure is inhibited and an alarm sounds Tube ID Tube ID Not editable Tube HUR Alarm Serial number of the tube Confirm the serial number matches that of the attached tube Tube Install Date and Date and time the tube was installed YYYYMMDD HH MM SS Time format Tube Serial Page 54 Section 4 2 Using the System Configuration Tool SUIF GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 4 2 6 Wireless configuration Before configuring the wireless settings verify that the Wireless Hospital Network option is enabled on the Options screen see 4 2 7 Options configuration on page 57 4 2 6 1 Adding certificates If your customer uses site specific network security certificates contact the IT administrator to obtain a copy of the certficate s on a USB flashdrive ok oN Ensure that the restoration of all configuration parameters has been completed and the system has been reset Launch the SUIF and navigate to CONFIGURATION WIRELESS Launch the wireless configuration utility as instructed on the screen Connect the USB flashdrive containing the site specific certificates to a left side USB port Click on the Certificates tab a
294. ou touch all the calibration points you have 90 seconds to verify pointer accuracy before accepting the changes A countdown timer is displayed If you do not respond within 90 seconds calibration is aborted Important If the program aborts or you press CANCEL the utility does not revert to the prior calibration the touchscreen calibration is lost The touchscreen accuracy may be very poor and require some effort to restart the calibration from the SUIF Press ACCEPT to write the settings to the calibration config file or CANCEL to discard the settings Click on HARDWARE CALIBRATION and perform the TOUCHSCREEN CALIBRATION at the hardware level See 2 1 2 Touch screen calibration on page 6 Section 5 3 Generator calibration 5 3 1 Setting filament drive level NOTICE un EXPOSURE TO RADIATION Employ X ray safety practices to minimize exposure to radiation Use portable shields or lead aprons Aim the tube away from personnel Adjust both lateral and transverse collimator blades to the minimum field size setting NO DETECTOR IN BEAM DURING CALIBRATION Make sure there is no digital detector in the X ray field at any time during this calibration This procedure automatically sets the initial filament drive levels for each X ray tube focal spot omms ON On the Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button On the Utilities desktop press LAUNCH On the SUIF home page press the CALIBRATION tab button On th
295. ounting screws to provide clearance for routing the cable Figure 4 3 Cable access hole and receiver placement on system Attach the USB receiver to the plastic clip with the barcode facing out as shown in Figure 4 3 Chapter 4 Configuration Page 69 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 6 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Plug the USB cable into a USB port on the PC See Figure 4 4 USB Cable Item Description 1 Host PC 2 Detector power supply Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade only Figure 4 4 Connect USB cable to PC The Windows standard device driver will be installed automatically when you connect the barcode reader receiver to the USB port and the system is powered up During initialization the LED is orange When the receiver LED turns green the initialization is complete and a connection has been made 4 10 1 2 Connecting the barcode reader gt gt Turn on system power Verify that the USB receiver is connected and that the green LED is blinking On the barcode reader press the trigger key to start scanning Scan the barcode label on the USB receiver Figure 4 1 to register the barcode reader The connection is complete and the barcode reader is ready for use Do not replace the covers at this point You will need to scan the barcode receiver label during configuration Page 70 Section 4 10 Installing hardware o
296. out of the horizontal arm Set the assembly on the work surface Page 354 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 8 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN See Figure 8 153 Remove the four end cap mounting screws Item 1 from the cathode end cap Item 2 Item Description 1 End cap mounting screws 4 used on each end cap Cathode end cap and tube mount Anode end cap and tube mount X ray tube Yoke Tube mount screws 4 used on each side Figure 8 153 X ray tube mount 9 10 11 12 13 Remove the four cathode side tube mount screws Item 6 from the yoke Item 5 Remove the cathode end cap tube mount assembly from the X ray tube Item 4 Remove the four end cap mounting screws Item 1 from the anode end cap Item 3 Remove the anode end cap tube mount yoke assembly from the X ray tube Item 4 Use a HV spanner wrench see Figure 8 154 to loosen and remove the HV cable tightening rings then remove the cables from the HV wells Figure 8 154 HV cable spanner wrench 14 Disconnect the stator wires from the old X ray tube Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 355 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Note NOTICE Aa OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 15 Connect the stator wires to the new X ray tube HV cables must be lubricated
297. p customized image processing IP looks from an Definium AMX 700 system and restore them on an Optima XR220amx system or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade 1 o o7 gt 10 11 12 13 Make a system backup on the Definium AMX 700 system On the Optima system exit the SUIF if it is open Insert the Definium AMX 700 system backup CD into the external CD DVD drive of the system Press CTRL SHIFT F5 to open the Engineering User Interface On the Engineering User Interface press the TERMINAL icon At the command prompt type mount media cdrecorder Press ENTER cd magichome xruser config restore Press ENTER At the prompt type chmod 777 restoreCustomIPLooks F2toF3 sh Press ENTER At the prompt type restoreCustomIPLooks F2toF3 sh Press ENTER The script takes approximately 20 minutes to run When completed the system returns to the prompt At the prompt type umount media cdrecorder Press ENTER Remove the Definium AMX 700 backup media from the CD DVD drive and disconnect the drive from the system Type exit to close the terminal window Exit the Engineering User Interface Reset the system Section 4 12 Enabling Advanced Service mode Advanced Service sometimes called in house service or extended service is available to customers that have purchased an Advanced Service package license from GE Healthcare Contact a GE service representative to enable Advanced S
298. parts Item Hornet UIF circuit board Quantity 1 8 5 8 2 4 Safety None 8 5 8 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the top cover See 8 1 2 Top cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 237 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 8 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 1 See Figure 8 67 On the rear of the top cover locate the Hornet circuit board which is under a metal cover Item 4 Item Description 1 Drive login board assembly 2 Display inverter 3 Ferrite core 4 Hornet UIF board metal cover 5 Cable clamp Figure 8 67 Board identification top cover 2 Disconnect two cables from the top of the Hornet board 3 Disconnect one cable from the right side of the Hornet board 4 On the left side of the Hornet board unplug the other end of the cable from the display inverter board Item 2 Page 238 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Remove the 12 mounting nuts and the metal cover Item 4 Disconnect the remaining cable from the bottom of the Hornet board Remove
299. placed 2 Prepare the two 2 x 4 inch blocks Secure them together using tape or screws Screws have been used in these examples Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 183 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 3 Position single 2 x 4 inch block approximately 4 inches from the vertical face of the battery box Place lever approximately 2 inches under battery box perpendicular to the vertical face of the battery box Ensure the lever is fully supported on the fulcrum See Figure 8 31 Figure 8 31 Lift and support unit 4 While applying downward pressure onto the end of the lever see Figure 8 32 left position the two 2 x 4 support blocks under the other corner of the battery box see Figure 8 32 right Note This example uses a one person standing position This is simpler if two people are available Figure 8 32 Lift and support unit 5 Place aside the lever and fulcrum as needed for the remaining steps Page 184 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYsTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 6 Remove the 8 mounting screws Item 1 from the drive wheel Item 2 See Figure 8 33 i go Hig Figure 8 33 Drive wheel and mounting screws 7 Remove the drive wheel from the shaft 8 Slide the new drive wheel onto the shaft a E 9 Apply thread locker to the mounting screws Install the mounting screws
300. ptions GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 5 Each time the system is rebooted a message saying Do you want to connect to a bluetooth SPP appears The user needs to select YES or the barcode reader functionality will not be enabled 4 10 1 3 Barcode reader LED indicators By default the OPI 4002 scanner is in power saving mode To turn it on press the trigger key for a few seconds If the scanner is not in use for a while it will go into sleep mode and the trigger key must be pressed for a few seconds to reactivate the unit before scanning The table below lists the state of the scanner based on the scanner LEDs Table 4 15 LED indicator state Color Description Green Barcode was successfully read Red Blinking Data transmission error The battery may need to be charged Red Solid Charging on the cradle The LED changes from red to green when the battery is fully charged 4 10 1 4 Charging the barcode reader The barcode reader will not start up if the battery is empty Use the charging cradle to charge the battery It takes about three hours to fully charge a battery Adapters are provided to connect the AC DC converter to various power outlet configurations AC DC Convertor Power Adapter Inserts Charging Cradle LI Figure 4 5 OPI 4002 barcode reader charging cradle and power adapters 4 10 2 Configuring the barcode read
301. r to unlocking the vertical carriage If the safety lock has been engaged disengaging the vertical carriage lock can result in uncontrolled cable tension and or equipment damage resulting in column replacement For details on releasing the safety lock see Column Replacement 8 6 2 3 Procedure on page 318 17 Rotate the X ray tube collimator assembly back to the normal position 18 Mark the collimator cable 400 mm 16 in from the body of the collimator Position the cable so the mark lines up with the cable support bracket and install a cable tie Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 363 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5336122 1EN REVISION 12 19 Route the collimator back through the cable drape to the Thorax bulkhead attaching cable ties at the marks placed in Step 5 above 20 Plug the collimator cable into J4 and J5 on the Thorax bulkhead and attach the ground wire to the chassis 21 Arrange the cable bundle as shown in Figure 8 162 use a cable tie to maintain cable positions 22 Install the clamp onto the cable bundle DO NOT TIGHTEN THE CLAMP YET 23 Mountthe clamp to the Thorax chassis Slide the clamp to the rear of the mounting screw slots 24 Tighten the clamp around the cable bundle ensuring that the cables are not pinched by the clamp Item Description 1 DAP cable optional for Optima XR200amx systems Wireless cable only valid for Optima XR
302. rameters as needed the system will save the settings even after system power is turned off See Figure 7 9 A While in the ready state press the Cx J or button until the output current display begins flashing B Press the or CJ button to change the output current The value changes in 0 1 A increments To change the value by 1 0 A increments press SHIFT or button C Press the gt button again to move to each of the other settings Maximum Test Value Timer and Frequency D Use the or SHIFT N C buttons as needed to adjust the values E Press STOP HIOKI 3157 ac GROUNDING HiTESTER TEST CURRENT 7 RESISTANCE VOLTAGE r Figure 7 9 Test parameter value settings 3 While in the ready state press the SHIFT buttons to display the Optional function setting screen The Output Current Frequency is the first digit displayed where the value is 0 for 50 Hz or 1 for 60 Hz The Pass Fail hold function is represented by the second digit 4 Press the LJ or button until the second digit begins flashing 5 Press the 4 button to change the value to 1 Figure 7 10 6 Press the SHIFT buttons to save this setting and return to the ready state The unit will display and hold the measured resistance value after the test Page 134 Section 7 2 Testing electrical safety GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYsTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 1120 0000
303. rating software that is configured for immediate operation Chapter 4 Configuration Page 57 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Optional software and hardware purchased by the site must be enabled by GE Healthcare service personnel such as Wireless network connectivity DAP Dose Area Product meter standard with Optima XR220amx optional for Optima XR200amx Repeat Reject Analysis Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade only Auto Protocol Assist APA Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade only Generator Power 30kW 4 2 8 InSite configuration Contact a GE service representative to configure InSite ExC settings 4 2 9 PNF configuration The Firewall option at the top of the PNF area must be set to On If it is set to Off select TURN FIREWALL ON When the firewall is off all network traffic in both directions is allowed This setting is used primarily for troubleshooting When the firewall is on it allows only the network communications that are specified by its configuration and rejects all the rest After modifying any PNF options select RESTART FIREWALL to apply the changes 4 2 9 1 PNF GUI Control area The PNF GUI Control area near the top of the screen contains these options Table 4 9 PNF GUI Control options Option Action Configure filter settings that allow access through th
304. re a margin between image for 0 pixels Globally configure Image layout for spread A densitometer filter FUJI part number 60550003 must be used when performing printer calibration incorrect measurements Section A 8 Kodak 8200 printer parameters Table A 10 Kodak 8200 printer configuration information Only 14x17 film should be used with this printer Any other film size used may print films with Tab Attribute Value Comments DICOM Printer Label KODAK8200 Or customer preference Application Entry Title Enter value given by site AE Titles may be site network administrator specific check with site Network Address Enter value given by site network administrator Port Number 1024 Port number may be site specific check with site Pixel Depth 12 Printer Pixel Size micron 78 15 Printer Configuration Information LUT Wkstn2a w87 2 no spaces Density Min 20 Max 300 Magnification Type CUBIC Smooth Factor 15 Trim NO Polarity NORMAL Border Density BLACK Empty Image Density BLACK Printer Memory Size 40Mbyte Select the desired layouts 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 only valid for portrait Layouts allowed for this printer 2 1 only valid for landscape Slide formats Printer configuration Page 395 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Table A 10 Kodak 8200 printer configuration information
305. rent Cr Page 292 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description F1 AC power fuse F2 AC power fuse Figure 8 103 AC fuse locations 2 ak To remove the fuse cap from the fuse holder push in the cap and rotate 1 4 turn counterclockwise Remove the old fuse from the cap Install the new fuse in the cap Install the fuse cap in the fuse holder Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the left side cover 8 5 32 4 Finalization Perform the following functional checks Charging see Charging on page 35 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 293 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 33 Power switch assembly 8 5 33 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 20 8 5 33 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 33 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit e Anti static ESD kit 8 5 33 2 2 Consumables Loctite Super Bonder 416 Gap Filling Inst Adhesive 46 220312P1 or equivalent 8 5 33 2 3 Replacement parts Item Power switch assembly Quantity 1 8 5 33 2 4 Safety None 8 5 33 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the top cover See 8 1 2 Top cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Pa
306. rews in this location These are non servicable items and require specialized fixtures for proper assembly This applies to both the cathode and anode sides Description 1 End cap mounting screws 4 used on each end cap Cathode end cap and tube mount Anode end cap and tube mount X ray tube Yoke Tube mount screws 4 used on each side New version length 20 mm 0 78 in used in Step 12 Figure 8 148 X ray tube mount 9 Remove the four tube mount screws Item 6 from the yoke Item 5 10 Remove the anode end cap tube mount assembly from the X ray tube Item 4 11 Install the new end cap tube mount assembly onto the X ray tube 12 Install and tighten the four tube mount screws apply thread locker and torque to 13 2 N m 9 7 Ib ft and the four end cap screws apply thread locker and torque to 2 5 N m 1 8 Ib ft Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 347 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 NOTICE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Tip the front of the X ray tube assembly upward and slide the assembly into the horizontal arm Install the X ray tube and yoke assembly Apply thread locker Loctite 271 or equivalent and torque the 3 fasteners as follows Single top fastener 26 8 N m 19 9 Ib ft Two bottom fasteners 13 3 N m 9 8 Ib ft Route and connect the rotor cable to
307. rforming the next step Page 206 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Remove these nuts 2 DO NOT REMOVE THIS NUT Figure 8 49 Four nuts holding the Column Support Assembly 5 Lowerthe Column Support Assembly from the thorax Since the assembly aligns with the four studs it has to be lowered evenly You may need to pry the assembly down with a large screwdriver if it does not come down easily 6 See Figure 8 50 and Figure 8 51 Apply thread locker to the four studs Lift new Column Support Assembly into position Torque the four nuts holding the casting to the base to 25 0 N m 18 44 ft Ib Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 207 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Description 1 Apply thread locker to studs Figure 8 50 Apply thread locker to studs before installing new Column Support Assembly Page 208 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYsTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Torque nuts to 25 0 N m 18 44 ft lb Figure 8 51 Lifting the Column Support Assembly into place 7 See Figure 8 52 Apply thread locker and attach the four fasteners holding the Column Mount Spacer Bracket to the system It s recommend
308. rge 7 Allow unit to charge undisturbed for 8 hours overnight is recommended 8 Disconnect the AC plug from the AC source 9 Perform LOTO 10 Set jumper J17 on the Firefly board to the Normal position pins 1 and 2 11 Remove LOTO 12 Ensure the circuit breaker is on 13 Turn on the system 14 Connect to an AC source Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 189 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 15 Allow unit to charge undisturbed for approximately 5 hours It is important for the system to charge at least 1 hour after the battery meter shows 100 charge The synchronization of the battery meter to the actual battery state of charge occurs in the last phase of the charging cycle 8 4 2 4 Finalization 1 Perform the following functional checks Charging see Charging on page 35 Bus voltage level The system batteries shall produce an open circuit voltage of 156VDC 5V when fully charged and less than 1 year old Measure battery voltage on the Cricket Battery Board at test points TP7 and TP6 See Figure 8 37 Page 190 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYsTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN
309. rive wheels See 8 4 1 Drive wheel Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 219 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 9 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 1 See Figure 8 58 Disconnect the three cables running from the motor brake assembly to the Caterpillar board Item 1 Item Description 1 Caterpillar base transition board 2 Steel counterweight Figure 8 58 Caterpillar board Page 220 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 2 See Figure 8 59 Remove the eight motor mounting screws Item 3 and the motor brake assembly Items 4 amp 6 Item Description 1 Drive wheel mounting screws 8 used Drive wheel 2 3 Motor mounting screws 8 used 4 Motor 5 6 Brake mounting screws 4 used Brake Figure 8 59 Drive assembly right side shown 3 Before removing the brake note the position of the cable exiting the brake so that the brake can be mounted to the new motor in the same orientation Remove the brake mounting screws Item 5 and the brake Item 6 from
310. rmation OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYsTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Tab Attribute Value Comments 8 x 10in Pixel width 3852 Pixel height 4300 10 x 12in Pixel width 4880 Pixel height 5280 10 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 11 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height Film Sizes 14 x 14in Pixel width Pixel height 14 x 17in Pixel width 6922 Pixel height 7788 24 x 24cm Pixel width Pixel height 24 x 30cm Pixel width Pixel height Agfa print layouts Custom layout must be configured by printer vendor for accurate image sizing In addition to the above layouts the following layouts must be installed by the Agfa print representative Table 4 Agfa print layouts Film size Format P I Agfa layout 14x17 1 1 P 2411 14x17 1 2 P 9001 14x17 2 1 P 9000 14x17 2 2 B 9002 14x17 1 1 L 2511 14x17 1 2 L 9003 14x17 2 1 L 9004 14x17 2 2 9005 11 14 1 1 9014 11 14 1 2 9102 11 14 2 1 9103 11 14 2 2 P 9104 11 x 14 1 1 L 9018 11 x 14 1 2 L 9202 11 x 14 2 1 L 9203 11 x 14 2 2 L 9204 Printer configuration Page 385 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Table 4 Agfa print layouts OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Film size Format P I Agfa layout 8x10 1 1 P 9006 8x10 1 2 5 9009 8x 10 2 1 P 9008 8 x 10 2 2 9010 8x 10 1 1
311. rom a flat level surface to avoid scatter and 30 cm 12 in from the X ray beam output port collimator 2 Collimate the beam down to just cover the receptor of the dose probe Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 129 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN X ray Focal Spot Collimator Additional Test Filtration Tape 30 cm 12 in Maintain at least 30 cm 12 in Tabl able or any from any object other object Figure 7 5 HVL test setup 3 Select kVp of 80 mAs of 12 5 4 Remove or dial out all filters that are removable by the operator and collimate slightly larger than the active volume of the probe using the light field 5 Make an exposure and measure exposure with no added filters Record the reading Exposure without additional filtration This represents 100 transmission level 6 Place 3 mm additional filtration using filters from HVL Attenuator GE p n 46 194427P274 total aluminum filtration 3 0 mm in beam Additional filtration must be as close to the source as possible Affix to the collimator rails using masking tape Ensure tape does not encroach upon the usable beam 7 Make an exposure with additional filtration Record the reading Exposure with additional filtration 8 Determine the ratio Ratio Exposure with additional filtration Exposure without additional filtration Note The ratio of Exposure with additional filtration to
312. ror message will be displayed stating The detector is not compatible with this system orDigital cassette firmware is incorrect Chapter 3 System data and software Page 47 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 N uocum 0 O OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Ensure the system has booted to applications without error Connect the detector to the system using the tether and ensure the detector is on Detector Status Led illuminated Power on the detector On the Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button On the Utilities desktop press LAUNCH On the Service Home tab press the UTILITIES tab button In the left navigation frame expand the SUBSYSTEM SOFTWARE folder Select DET DATA DOWNLOAD folder Select DET DATA DOWNLOAD link Select the appropriate detector Follow the on screen instructions Section 3 6 Restoring system data 3 6 1 Before you begin The following procedure enables you to restore only one selection at a time so you must repeat the procedure for each item to be restored To completely restore all of the system files calibration and configuration execute this procedure for each of the system items below Digital Generator TNT Data IUI System Control IP Looks Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade only Digital Cassette Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade only OS Configuration 3 6 2 Restoring s
313. rs See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 309 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 38 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current 1 Locate the battery power connector J5 on the Cricket battery board at the rear of the unit See Figure 8 115 Item Description 1 Battery power connector J5 Figure 8 115 Battery power connector J5 2 Loosen the two mounting screws and remove the plug from J5 Breaker I F connector Page 310 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 3 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Locate the main circuit breaker and the breaker I F cable plug J10 on the Firefly charger board See Figure 8 116 Item Description 1 Main circuit breaker J10 Breaker I F connector on FireFly charger board Figure 8 116 Main circuit breaker trip J10 4 Disconnect the cable at J10 on the Firefly charger board Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 311 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 5 Remove the main circuit breaker 4 screws and cable assembly S
314. rsons 1 Timing min 45 8 4 5 2 Preliminary requirements 8 4 5 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 4 5 2 2 Consumables Cable ties Page 200 Section 8 4 Base assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 5 2 3 Replacement parts Item Spring applied brake Quantity 1 8 4 5 2 4 Safety 8 4 5 2 5 Required conditions Remove the left side cover and left front cover See 8 1 3 Front cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 201 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 5 3 Procedure 1 See Figure 8 45 Use a 3mm allen wrench to remove the four mounting screws Item 2 from the bottom of the column rotation lock assembly Item 1 Item Description 1 Column rotation lock assembly 2 Mounting screws 4 used 3 Nut Figure 8 45 Column rotation lock assembly bottom view 2 Remove the nut Item 3 from the lock assembly The assembly should easily come off of the tapered shaft but could require gentle prying with a screwdriver to release it 3 Unplug the lock assembly cable connector and cut any cable ties as required to remove the cable The connector is located on top of the base assembly behind the vertical column Rotate the column to a position that allows maximum acc
315. rted by the DAP meter 6 Perform DAP calibration See 5 6 3 DAP calibration on page 94 for calibration procedure Page 74 Section 4 10 Installing hardware options GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 4 10 3 2 DAP installation for Optima XR200amx system 1 2 Shut down the system and turn off the main circuit breaker Remove the side covers top cover and front bin See the System manual Replacement Procedures chapter Front Bin Removal section Unpack the DAP meter and cable Slide the meter into the lower set of collimator rails the set further from the collimator The meter must be installed with the cable exiting toward the rear Install the DAP cable a Connect the round cable connector to the DAP meter See Figure 4 10 Figure 4 10 DAP meter cable attached b Route the long DAP cable through the cable drape along the horizontal arm and vertical column Loosely attach cable ties to hold the cable in position but do not tighten them until range of motion is confirmed Leave enough extra cable length at the DAP meter so that the tube collimator assembly can be moved through the normal range of motion without unplugging the cable Route the DAP cable through the cable access opening in the right front cover See Figure 4 11 Remove the HV cable clamp mounting screws See Figure 4 11 Chapter 4 Configuration Page 75 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA X
316. s no t cnico operador ou paciente decorrentes de choques el tricos mec nicos ou outros Este manual de assist ncia t cnica s se encontra dispon vel em ingl s Se qualquer outro servi o de assist ncia t cnica solicitar este manual noutro idioma da responsabilidade do cliente fornecer os servi os de tradu o N o tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e compreendido este manual de assist ncia t cnica O n o cumprimento deste aviso pode colocar em perigo a seguran a do t cnico do operador ou do paciente devido a choques el ctricos mec nicos ou outros Preface Page 5 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN ATENTIE Acest manual de service este disponibil doar in limba englez RO Daca un furnizor de servicii pentru clienti necesita o alta limba decat cea englez este de datoria clientului s furnizeze o traducere Nu incercati sa reparati echipamentul dec t ulterior consultarii si intelegerii acestui manual de service Ignorarea acestui avertisment ar putea duce la r nirea depanatorului operatorului sau pacientului in urma pericolelor de electrocutare mecanice sau de alta natura RU
317. s or boots On conductive floors or dissipative floor mats use them on both feet with a maximum of one megohm 10 resistance between the operator and ground 1 3 3 1 Static shielding protection levels Table 1 3 Method Voltage Antistatic plastic 1 500 Carbon loaded plastic 7 500 Metalized laminate 15 000 1 3 4 Grounding the work area LA WARNING AN ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD This section defines a workzone that is not connected to the system under service The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures To prevent static damage of components and parts in the work area Chapter 1 Safety Before You Begin Page 31 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN e Cover the work surface with approved static dissipative material Provide a wrist strap connected to the work surface and properly grounded tools and equipment Use static dissipative mats foot straps or air ionizers to give added protection Handle electrostatic sensitive components parts and assemblies by case or PCB laminate Handle components only at static free work areas e Turn off power and input signals before inserting and removing connectors or test equipment Use static safe fixtures when fixtures must directly contact dissipative surfaces Keep work area free of non
318. s select RESTORE Failure to do so can result in erratic or failed system behavior If parts have been replaced see the replacement procedures of the System manual finalization section for the correct selection Chapter 3 System data and software Page 49 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Page 50 Section 3 7 System self recovery GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Chapter 4 Configuration NOTICE A Potential for Data Loss Always create an up to date backup of system data after changing the configuration For configuration changes to take effect restart the system after exiting the Service User Interface SUIF You must restart the system before using it for patient acquisitions Section 4 1 When should 1 configure the system During system installation The system is delivered with pre configured information from the manufacturing process However many parameters are specific to the customer and location These parameters need to be configured Other parameters should be confirmed and or modified per the customers preference Table 4 1 Configuration Comments SUIF Site parameters Generator See Section 4 2 Using the System Configuration Tool SUIF parameters etc on page 51 DICOM See Section 4 4 DICOM connectivity configuration on page 61 Demo images See Section 4 7 Loading demo images
319. settings shall not exceed 0 10 times their sum result for HHS 7 1 4 4 2 Piranha test meter setup Setting up the Piranha and Palm OS for wireless connectivity 1 2 Power on the Piranha using the power switch Place the Piranha under the tube or mount it on a stand as needed Position the Piranha in such a way that the area is orientated perpendicular to the anode cathode axis Collimate the X ray field slightly larger than the Piranha active sensor QABrowser for Reproducibility Test DO NOT SELECT THE AMX 4 MODE UNDER SETTINGS WAVEFORM ON THE METER THE AMX 4 MODE IS NOT VALID FOR USE WITH THIS PRODUCT Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 127 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Note OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 1 Turn on the Palm OS 2 Launch the QABrowser by tapping on the QABrowser icon Please note that All needs to be selected at the top of the screen for the QABrowser icon to be visible 3 The handheld searches for available Bluetooth devices and shows them to you 4 Select the Piranha meter and Press Ok Please note that the Piranha meter might be selected automatically thus proceeding to the next step 5 From the Select Type of Measurement Menu select Radiography and press Select 6 Fromthe Select Parameter Menu select Dose and press Select This brings you to the mGy dose measurement screen 7 Tap Appl to open application list 8 From Select Application
320. sher and front cover 6 Loosen the setscrews on the new indicator plate kit and mount it onto the knob shaft 7 Press the indicator plate kit to the knob washer and let the indicator point to the paste symbol s vertex 8 Tighten the setscrews Note Ensure both setscrews have been tightened before proceeding to the next step 9 Mount the knob See 8 6 12 Collimator adjustment knob 10 Rotate the knob to ensure it can rotate smoothly 11 Verify the field size indicator accuracy See 7 1 3 3 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR200amx on page 120 or 7 1 3 4 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade on page 121 12 Remove the paper between the knob washer and the front cover 13 Remove the triangle pasted on the front cover 14 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Page 372 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 13 4 Finalization Perform the following HHS checks Field size indicator accuracy see 7 1 3 3 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR200amx on page 120 or 7 1 3 4 Testing field size indicator accuracy Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade on page 121 Light field to X ray field alignment see 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment on page 117
321. shown in the unlocked position Locking notch 2 3 Locking holes 2 in side of scroll 4 Cable scroll Figure 8 120 Column locking mechanism 4 To release the vertical lock pull back on the locking knob until it clears the locking notch It may be necessary to provide slight up down pressure on the horizontal arm to release the lock 5 Rotate the locking knob 90 degrees and release In the unlocked position the knob should appear as shown in Figure 8 121 Verify that the vertical carriage can freely move up down Figure 8 121 Column vertical lock in normal unlocked position 6 Install the column top cover 7 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 317 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 1 4 Finalization None required 8 6 2 Column 8 6 2 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 2 Timing min 180 8 6 2 2 Preliminary requirements 8 6 2 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 3mm T handle hex wrench hex wrenches with a ball end will not work for some steps in this procedure 8 6 2 2 2 Consumables e 6 dozen cable ties HV Tube Grease GE part 46 125224P3 Silicon Grease or equivalent 8 6 2 2 3 Replacement parts Item Column Quantity 1 8 6 2 2 4 Safety The column vertical lock must be engaged before any weight i e horizontal
322. sonnel working in the area that LOTO is being performed 2 Exit all system software 3 Turn off the Optima XR200amx Optima XR220amx system by pressing the power button and holding it for several seconds until the power button light ring turns blue indicating that the system is shutting down 4 When the power light ring begins to blink blue indicating that the system is in standby switch the circuit breaker E2 to the OFF position See Figure 1 3 Figure 1 3 Circuit breaker E2 in OFF position 5 Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet 6 Apply an approved AC power plug locking device to the AC power plug E1 then apply your personal red lock and tag See Figure 1 4 Figure 1 4 AC power plug with locking device applied Page 26 Section 1 2 Lock Out Tag Out LOTO procedure for electrical power OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5336122 1EN REVISION 12 7 Wait three minutes for discharge of stored energy 8 Disconnect the two green battery power connectors J3 and J4 and the two sense connectors J13 and J14 from the Cricket board Apply a locking device then apply your personal red lock and tag See Figure 1 5 Item Description 1 Battery power connectors J3 J4 2 Battery sense connectors J13 J14 Figure 1 5 Battery connectors J3 J4 J13 J14 and locking device Chapter 1 Safety Before You Begin Page 27 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX
323. stem we are not capable of performing continuous exposures for this time frame Therefore an integrated leakage reading would be desired However the system design is such that independent mA and time control is not possible It is a two point system interface design Additionally most exposures are sub second in length approaching the test meters capabilities The maximum rated tube potential is 125 kVp for the following products Optima XR220amx Optima XR200amx Optima XR200amx with Digital upgrade Brivo XR285amx The maximum continuous tube current is defined by the continuous anode input power found in the tube technical data sheet Per Toshiba for the E7894X tube the average anode power is 60 watts Knowing the average anode power is 60 W and the max kVp is 125 we then get 60 W 125kVp 0 48 mA continuous Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 147 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN For testing purposes a radiographic exposure is used and the leakage measured for that exposure The technique used for measurement is a rad exposure of 125 kVp 250 mAs The actual values for the 30 kW systems are 125 kVp at 77 01 mA and 3 246 seconds The actual values for the 15 kW systems are 125 kVp at 64 39 mA and 3 883 seconds Using these actual values the duty cycle IV hr becomes 6 9 exposures per hour The exact mA and time used to get 250 mAs on a 30 kW versus the
324. structions to select CANCEL to abort calibration or COMPLETE to save gain calibration data e After each kV technique the program returns to the calibration summary page Re open the gain calibration page to verify that the date and pass fail result for the calibration were properly updated then continue by selecting the next technique and starting the calibration 8 Resetthe system after calibrations are completed 9 Use the QAP tool to evaluate image quality and verify that it passes Refer to the Installation Manual Chapter 6 Detector checks and Section 5 5 Image quality calibration Image quality calibrations apply only to Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade systems 5 5 1 Calibrating the printer Follow this procedure to send grayscale output to the printer and to calculate compensation LUT look up table for compatibility 1 Onthe Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button 2 Onthe Utilities desktop press LAUNCH Chapter 5 Calibration Page 93 GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 Section 5 6 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN On the SUIF home page press the CALIBRATION tab button On the Calibration page in the left folder tree select IMAGE QUALITY PRINTER Press the CALIBRATION icon In the left frame select IMAGE QUALITY PRINTER Select the correct printer from the Printer Label drop down list Press START and follow the
325. t Do not use abrasive wipes or tissues on the reader window abrasive wipes may scratch the window Never use solvents alcohol or acetone on the housing or window solvents may damage the finish or the window If the window is visibly dirty clean the window with a soft cloth or facial tissue dampened with water or a mild detergent water solution If a detergent solution is used rinse with a clean tissue dampened with water only The scanner housing may be cleaned in the same way 2 4 3 6 Hand switch cleaning and disinfecting SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Before you begin Disconnect the hand switch cord from the body of the hand switch before performing the maintenance cleaning procedures Never use solvents or flammable solutions to clean the hand switch Never use dripping cloth or immerse hand switch in water or cleaning solutions INSTRUCTION Use a cloth moistened in warm soapy water use mild soap to clean the hand switch APPROVED CLEANERS The cleaners listed below are approved to clean the hand switch Bleach 50 mix with water 5 8 household Bleach Glutaraldehyde lt 5 Polyethylene Glycol 2096 tested as Cidex Plus 28 Isopropyl Alcohol 70 concentration Hydrogen Peroxide 15 4096 concentration CAUTION Never use cleaners or solvents of any kind if you are uncertain of the nature of the cleaning agent The hand switch should be cleaned using EPA cleared and EPA registered high level disinfecting agents
326. t into power outlet Power Button is undamaged and illuminates correctly Confirm that battery level indicator on top cover is flashing Unplug unit from power outlet 1 min Top Cover Verify that ambient light sensor is functional by covering sensor with finger and verifying that the screen dims lt 1min Drive Drives forward reverse left and right Drive speed is easily controlled Inspect bumpers remove any trapped items Drives only in reverse when bumper is pushed in Drive forward is inhibited when bumper is pushed in Test bumper activation from four directions left front right front left side right side Drive speed reduced when tube arm is removed from latch Drive speed reduced when a tethered detector is not in the bin and full speed when the detector is parked in the bin Drive brakes release when emergency brake release switch is depressed 20 min Tube column and arm Horizontal tube arm latch operates smoothly and holds arm securely Vertical tube column rotates 270 from latch position to latch position Tube arm moves smoothly from bottom to top of vertical column Tube arm extends and retracts smoothly Tube unit rotates 90 to horizontal in both directions Tube unit rotates back 10 and forward 110 Latch holds column in drive position Lock prevents vertical travel Lock prevents tube extension Lock prevents column rotation 5 min Chapter 2 Pla
327. t the arm off of the vertical carriage Item 4 Set the old horizontal arm aside on the work surface Install the new horizontal arm mounting block and mounting screws Torque to 7 9 N m 5 8 Ib ft no thread locker is used Install the X ray tube and yoke assembly Apply thread locker Loctite 271 or equivalent and torque the 3 fasteners as follows Single top fastener 26 8 N m 19 9 Ib ft Two bottom fasteners 13 3 N m 9 8 Ib ft Install the cable bracket to the side of the horizontal arm Route the cables and apply cable ties as shown in Figure 8 21 Figure 8 22 and Figure 8 23 Install new cable ties on the remainder of the cable drape Install the tube covers Install the collimator Page 330 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN NOTICE A Examine the steel cables at the top of the column to ensure proper tension has been maintained prior to unlocking the vertical carriage If the safety lock has been engaged disengaging the vertical carriage lock can result in uncontrolled cable tension and or equipment damage resulting in column replacement For details on releasing the safety lock see Column Replacement 8 6 2 3 Procedure on page 318 16 Unlock the vertical carriage 17 Install the column top cover 18 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 8 6 3 4 F
328. ted Depending on the type of authentication complete the other required information as described in the table below Table 4 8 Authentication type Required fields Static WEP Shared Key WEP keys authentication WPA Personal PSK Encryption if different than TKIP PSK WPAT Enterprise EAP e Encryption if different than TKIP Identity Password Client certificate e Inner Auth Private key file Private key password PEAP version only if method is set to PEAP WPA Personal PSK Encryption if different than TKIP PSK WPA2 V Enterprise EAP Encryption if different than CCMP Identity Password Client certificate Inner Auth Private key file Private key password PEAP version only if EAP method is set to PEAP 5 Click ADD 6 Selectthe Networks tab and verify that the network is listed 7 Select the Current Status tab and click CONNECT Verify successful connection message 8 To verify connectivity a Select FILE gt TOOLS Enter the IP of the machine you want to ping b c Press START PING and check for messages verifying connectivity d Press STOP PING 4 2 6 4 Troubleshooting connections If you try to connect in an enterprise situation it will continue to try to connect until you tell it to stop by selecting DISCONNECT 4 2 7 Options configuration The Optima XR200amx XR220amx systems are delivered with a base set of ope
329. tem boot in Step b above j Type date to see the current system time The latest snapshot file should have been created a few minutes before the date command output k Verify the file size is greater than 400 000 rw rw r 1 xruser xruser file size date time path filename 20 Close all windows 21 Complete all system configurations and customer settings 22 Create a new System Backup on DVD media Note Do not use backup media from any other system The result will be that half of the system is configured for 172 x x x and other half is configured for 192 x x x The system will then boot into Degraded Mode only Also when performing a Software Load you must perform this procedure first before doing a System Restore Page 88 Section 4 13 IP Address Change Procedure GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Chapter 5 Calibration Section 5 1 Preparing for calibrations This chapter explains how to calibrate the detector printer touchscreen drive subsystem and elements of the generator It also covers how to determine the appropriate burn configuration for PACS images AN E FOLLOW PROCEDURES Important Perform the calibrations in the order shown in the left frame of the Calibration screen on the Service User Interface SUIF While working in the SUIF watch the status bar and wait for activities to complete before starting the next step Look for messages
330. tery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 Page 226 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Locate the circuit board See Figure 8 61 Disconnect all cables 9 connections from the circuit board Remove the old circuit board 9 screws Install the new circuit board Connect all cables to the circuit board NO aR WN gt Install the right side cover 8 5 2 4 Finalization The system will reporta BDM Mismatch error detected with 2 selections RESTORE and CANCEL Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Make sure you select RESTORE to have the Board Data Module upload the correct contents to the Locust board Failure to do so will result in erratic or failed system functionality Recovery requires a complete firmware download and system calibrations 1 Perform the following calibrations Drive handle see Drive on page 35 2 Perform the following functional checks Drive see Drive on page 35 Tube column amp arm locks amp latches see Tube column and arm on page 35 8 5 3 Locust drive board fuses 8 5 3 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 10 8 5 3 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 3 2 1 Tools and test equipme
331. test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 5 25 2 2 Consumables Cable ties 8 5 25 2 3 Replacement parts Item Drive handle assembly Quantity 1 8 5 25 2 4 Safety 8 5 25 2 5 Required conditions e Remove the side covers and the rear bin See 8 1 5 Rear bin removal e Remove the top cover See 8 1 2 Top cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 273 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 25 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current Ensure you are not providing an earth ground path when practicing ESD procedures See Section 1 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD on page 30 1 Figure 8 92 Disconnect the drive handle cables from the Locust board J4 Drive Brake Item 2 and J7 Drive Handle Item 1 Item Description 1 J7 Drive Handle connector 2 J4 Drive Brake connector 3 Cable ties Figure 8 92 Drive handle cables 2 cable ties Item 3 holding the cables to the chassis Page 274 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN See Figure 8 93 Remove the 12 mounting screws Item 1 from the drive handle Item 2 Item Description 1
332. the column top cover 24 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 25 Install the front bin 26 Install the front covers 27 Install the side covers 8 6 4 4 Finalization Perform the following functional checks Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 337 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Tube column and arm see Tube column and arm on page 35 Page 338 Section 8 6 Column horizontal arm X ray tube collimator GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 5 Tube mount detent side cathode side 8 6 5 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 120 8 6 5 2 Preliminary requirements 8 6 5 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 6 5 2 2 Consumables e Loctite 271 GE part 46 170684P1 or equivalent Cable ties HV Tube Grease GE part 46 125224P3 Silicon Grease or equivalent 8 6 5 2 3 Replacement parts Item Tube mount detent side cathode side Quantity 1 Note 1 A newer version of this part has been introduced It is not backward compatible with the original version If replacing the original version you must replace BOTH sides with the newer version The newer version is physically longer Mixing old and new versions results in tube attachment mis alignment See Figure 8 143 for identification of mounts Item Description
333. the generator Install the tube covers Install the collimator Route and connect the collimator cable to the Thorax bulkhead J4 and J5 connectors and chassis ground Insert the HV cables into the X ray tube HV wells and tighten the mounting rings Make sure that the cable markings Tube Anode or Tube Cathode match up with the X ray tube marking Anode or Cathode See Figure 8 21 Figure 8 22 and Figure 8 23 for cable routing at the rear of the X ray tube if necessary Replace the cable ties and secure the cable drape A Examine the steel cables at the top of the column to ensure proper tension has been maintained prior to unlocking the vertical carriage If the safety lock has been engaged disengaging the vertical carriage lock can result in uncontrolled cable tension and or equipment damage resulting in column replacement For details on releasing the safety lock see Column Replacement 8 6 2 3 Procedure on page 318 20 21 22 23 24 Unlock the vertical carriage Install the column top cover Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the front covers Install the side covers 8 6 6 4 Finalization 1 Perform the following functional checks Tube column and see Tube column and arm on page 35 Perform the following HHS checks Light field to X ray field alignment see 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment on page 117 For Optima XR220amx and
334. the motor Item 4 5 Install the brake onto the motor the brake should be positioned so that the cable comes out towards the top Torque to 3 N m 2 2 lb ft 6 Install the motor brake assembly into the chassis Install the eight mounting screws and tighten them in an alternating pattern Torque to 5 N m 3 7 Ib ft 7 Plug the three cables into the Caterpillar board The left motor brake assembly cables plug into connectors J3 J4 and J7 The right motor brake assembly cables plug into connectors J5 J6 and J9 8 Install the drive wheel onto the hub install the eight mounting screws and tighten them in an alternating pattern Torque to 3 N m 2 2 Ib ft 9 Lift the unit and remove the support blocks 10 Install the rear bin 11 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 12 Install the side covers Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 221 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 4 9 4 Finalization None 8 4 10 Caterpillar base transition board 8 4 10 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 105 8 4 10 2 Preliminary requirements 8 4 10 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit Anti static ESD kit 8 4 10 2 2 Consumables None 8 4 10 2 3 Replacement parts Item Caterpillar base transition circuit board Quantity 1 8 4 10 2 4 Safety None 8 4 10 2 5 Required conditions Remove t
335. the selected kVp and mAs are displayed in the protocol modification frames and the left side of the status bar Both displays should match Refer to TrackWise 8987140 Chapter 8 added new Section 8 4 6 Column replacement Refer to ECO 2147940 Chapter 7 Section 7 2 2 added Note about potential test equipment damage Refer to HCSDM00188252 Chapter 4 Section 4 13 updated text in Steps and 6 Refer to HCSDM00185329 Chapter 7 Section 7 1 1 corrected spelling error equipmentte Refer to HCSDM00188263 Chapter 2 Section 2 4 deleted Section 2 4 3 PM Checklist Refer to HCSDM00188249 Chapter 8 added new Section 8 2 4 Spyder to Board Data Module Cable Replacement Refer to ECR 2144543 Chapter 8 Section 8 5 11 updated procedure to support new BDM cable Refer to ECR 2144543 Chapter 4 Sections 4 10 3 1 and 4 10 3 2 added Notes about need to reset system 41 19 2013 after DAP reconnection Refer to HCSDM00188256 Chapter 8 Section 8 6 10 3 added Note about need to reset system after DAP reconnection Refer to HCSDM00188256 Chapter 8 added new Section 8 4 2 3 1 Battery Pack Integration Refer to HCSDM00188260 Chapter 8 Section 8 4 1 2 2 added Loctite 242 2 places Refer to HCSDM00191982 Chapter 8 Section 8 6 2 3 updated text in Steps 2 and 4 to save existing hardware for reuse Refer to HCSDM00202552 Chapter 7 added new Section 7 3 Tube Radiation Leakage Test Refer to HCSDM001 92198 Chapter 8 Section 8 6 2
336. the sides of the PC Lift the detector power supply assembly then remove the old PC Place the new PC in position over the mounting studs 9 Place the detector power supply assembly back in position and install all four mounting nuts 10 Connect all cables to the PC 11 Install the top cover 12 Remove LOTO from the system 8 5 12 4 Finalization 1 Turn on system power Perform a load from cold See Section 3 2 Performing Load From Cold LFC on page 44 Configure the system Restore backup files Perform the following functional checks Oo BON Drive see Table 2 2 Functional checks on page 35 Page 248 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN X ray see Table 2 2 Functional checks on page 35 Display see Table 2 2 Functional checks on page 35 Networking See Operator Manual for details of networking configuration and testing 6 Perform the following HHS checks kV accuracy see 7 1 4 2 Testing kVp accuracy on page 122 mAs Accuracy see 7 1 4 3 Testing mAs accuracy on page 124 Reproducability see 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure on page 127 Linearity see 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure on page 127 Generator operator indicators see 7 1 6 Testing generator operator indicators on page 131 8 5 13 Wireless USB host radio board Applies to Optim
337. tion connectivity parameters and enabled options 5 Press the CONFIGURATION tab button 6 Onthe Configuration page in the left folder tree select the parameter group to change 7 Configure the system according to site preferences An overview of the configurable system attributes is given in the tables below Contact a GE service representative for items marked Editable by GE Healthcare personnel only 8 On each page after making changes press COMMIT to put the changes into effect 4 2 1 Site configuration The following information can be viewed regardless of service mode However some fields are editable only by sites with Advanced Service mode enabled Section 4 12 Enabling Advanced Service mode on page 79 and some are editable only by GE Healthcare personnel Table 4 2 Site tab parameters Parameter Definition Site Name Name of specific site where system is installed Street Address 1 Street address of site where system is installed Street Address 2 Street address continued of site where system is installed City City where system is installed State Province State or province where system is installed Postal Code Postal or ZIP code where system is installed Department Name Department name for example Radiology responsible for system maintenance Telephone Phone number of department responsible for system Fax Fax number of department responsible for system Co
338. tion 4 5 Image management eee 66 Section 4 6 Image 66 4 6 T Enabling crie t tdi tiec t ni te Peste 66 Section 4 7 Loading demo imagges eee 67 4 7 1 Loading images from CD ssssssssssse eene enemies 67 Section 4 8 Installing the Operator 67 Section 4 9 Login and user 68 Section 4 10 Installing hardware options eene 68 4 10 1 Installing the barcode enne 68 4 10 2 Configuring the barcode reader ssssssssssseee ener 71 4 10 3 Installing the Dose Area Product DAP 74 Section 4 11 Importing custom IP looks from Definium AMX 700 79 Section 4 12 Enabling Advanced Service mode 79 Section 4 131P Address Change 80 4 13 1 Snapshot Tool Configuration sssssseee emen 81 Chapter 5 CaliDrati i e 89 Section 5 1 Preparing for calibrations
339. tion 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 27 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current 1 Locate the EMI filter See Figure 8 95 MISP4 15KA1877 OA A A Item Description 1 EMI filter Figure 8 95 EMI filter Record the color and location of the wires 5 connected to the filter Disconnect the wires from the filter Remove the old filter 2 nuts washers Install the new filter ark wh Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 279 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 6 Connect all wires to the filter See Figure 8 96 Description 1 Ground wire green yellow 2 Line wire brown 3 Neutral wire blue Figure 8 96 EMI filter wiring 7 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 8 Install the left side cover 8 5 27 4 Finalization Perform the following HHS checks e Grounding see 7 2 1 Performing ground resistance testing on page 131 Leakage see 7 2 2 Performing leakage current testing on page 141 Page 280 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 28 LVLE2 8 5 28 1 Personnel requirements Req
340. tocol database only if you have made changes to the default values Default values are always loaded during a software installation The default protocol database is included with each shipped system See the Optima XH200amx Operator Manual or Optima XH220amx Operator Manual for instructions on saving the protocol database RRA report DEI report and Dose report data 3 1 2 Performing a system backup PWN gt On the Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button On the Utilities desktop press LAUNCH On the SUIF Service Home tab select the UTILITIES tab In the left navigation frame expand the SYSTEM folder Press the BACKUP link Select the backup media by selecting CD DVD or USB Connect the external CD DVD drive to the USB ports 2 USB port connections required and insert supported media CD R or DVD R or connect a USB drive Press START Chapter 3 System data and software Page 43 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN The status bar displays a series of messages Starting BACKUP BACKUP successful and Backup has completed successfully The backup takes about one minute after which the right frame displays SYSTEM BACKUP SUCCESS 9 Close the SUIF by pressing EXIT Section 3 2 Performing Load From Cold LFC NOTICE POTENTIAL FOR DATA LOSS Before installing upgrading or restoring system software be sure to archive all protocols
341. top of the column to ensure proper tension has been maintained prior to unlocking the vertical carriage If the safety lock has been engaged disengaging the vertical carriage lock can result in uncontrolled cable tension and or equipment damage resulting in column replacement For details on releasing the safety lock see Column Replacement 8 6 2 3 Procedure on page 318 20 Unlock the vertical carriage 21 Install the column top cover 22 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 23 Install the front covers 24 Install the side covers 8 6 5 4 Finalization 1 Perform the following functional checks Tube column and arm see Tube column and arm on page 35 Perform the following HHS checks Light field to X ray field alignment see 7 1 3 2 Testing light field to X ray field alignment on page 117 For Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with Digital Upgrade Perform QAP refer to the Installation Manual Chapter 6 Detector checks and QAP 8 6 6 Tube mount friction side anode side 8 6 6 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 120 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 343 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 6 6 2 Preliminary requirements 8 6 6 2 1 Tools and test equipment e Standard tool kit 8 6 6 2 2 Consumables Cable ties Loctite 271 GE 46 170684 1 or equivalent
342. tored on the CD Select the exams to copy Copy the exams to the Local database Press the LOCAL Destination button A message appears Selected images will be copied to destination name Select OK to confirm Press OK Open the exams from the Local database If the exams are being viewed on a computer that has the DICOM viewer installed images may be viewed directly from the disk Installing the Operator Manual Optima XR220amx and Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade systems only To install the Operator Manual OM follow these steps 1 2 3 4 Attach the external CD DVD drive Exit all service applications and close the SUIF Connect the service keyboard to a USB port Press these keys simultaneously CTRL ALT F2 At the login prompt type xruser Press ENTER Enter the password 4Sxray Press ENTER Insert the Operator Manual CD into the external CD DVD drive To run the interactive script at the prompt type xrdinstall om Press ENTER At the prompt type Type the number of the language to install then press ENTER Chapter 4 Configuration Page 67 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 11 When the installation is complete at the prompt type exit Press ENTER 12 To return to the applications screen at the login prompt press these keys simultaneously CTRL ALT F7 Section 4 9 Login and user management System administra
343. tors can perform a number of tasks that affect what users can do or will see The administrative options are described in the Optima XR200amx or Optima XR220amx Operator Manual Appendix A Login Administration Section 4 10 Installing hardware options 4 10 1 Installing the barcode reader Applies to Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200 with digital upgrade systems only Unpack the OPI 4002 barcode reader and associated components Note The USB cable is packaged and shipped in a separate box than the barcode reader assembly 4 10 1 1 Installing the barcode reader receiver 1 Plug the USB cable into the barcode reader receiver See Figure 4 1 Note If the position of the label makes the barcode unreadable move the label so the barcode can be read A sample label similar to the one on the USB receiver is shown in Figure 4 1 below Figure 4 1 Sample barcode label 2 Remove the system side covers and the top cover See the System manual Replacement Procedures Top cover removal 3 Remove the two screws from the inside of the left drive handle support then remove the cover See Figure 4 2 Page 68 Section 4 9 Login and user management GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Figure 4 2 Left drive handle screws and cover Route the USB cable through the opening in the bottom of the left drive handle support See Figure 4 3 Note You may need to loosen the detector bin m
344. twork host 1 Onthe Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button 2 Onthe Utilities desktop next to Network Connections press EDIT 3 Onthe Network Connections window in the Network Hosts section select the network host connection to delete and press REMOVE A message appears saying Are you sure you want to remove host name 4 Press YES to remove the network host connection 4 4 2 Printer configuration Printer connections are available only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade system 4 4 2 1 Adding printers This section provides instructions for setting the system preferences for printer connections 1 Turn on the system 2 Onthe Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button On the Utilities desktop next to Network Connections press EDIT 4 the Network Connections window the DICOM Printers section press ADD The Add Printer screen appears 5 On the Add Printer window on the Printer tab enter the appropriate values in the fields listed below eo Page 64 Section 4 4 DICOM connectivity configuration GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN For suggested parameter values for specific printer brands and models refer to the System Manual Appendix A Printer configuration Table 4 14 Add Printer screen parameter descriptions Attribute Value Printer tab Name of the printer that appears in the DIC
345. uired persons 1 Timing min 30 8 5 28 2 Preliminary requirements 8 5 28 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 8 5 28 2 2 Consumables None 8 5 28 2 3 Replacement parts Item LVLE2 Quantity 1 8 5 28 2 4 Safety None 8 5 28 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the top cover See 8 1 2 Top cover removal Perform LOTO on the system See 1 2 2 Performing LOTO on page 26 Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 281 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 8 5 28 3 Procedure A ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD LOTO must be performed The mobile system is a battery powered unit that can deliver lethal current 1 Locate the LVLE2 power supply See Figure 8 97 Item Description 1 System PC 2 LVLE2 Low Voltage Low Energy power supply Figure 8 97 Assembly identification under top cover Disconnect all cables up to 8 connections depending on configuration from the LVLE2 Remove the old LVLE2 4 nuts Install the new LVLE2 Connect all cables to the LVLE2 Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the top cover Install the side covers onm 8 5 28 4 Finalization Perform the following functional checks e Charging see Charging page 35 Drive see Drive on page 35 Page 282 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR20
346. ule 15kW mounting screws 2 on rear side of panel Figure 8 86 Aux module 15kW mounting screws T 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Install the new module Connect all cables to the module Install the aux module 30kW in the chassis Connect the cable red black wires to the rear of the aux module 15kW Install the rear bin Remove LOTO from the system See 1 2 3 Returning system to service on page 29 Install the front covers Install the side covers 8 5 21 4 Finalization 1 The system will report a BDM Mismatch error detected with 2 selections RESTORE and CANCEL Make sure you select RESTORE to have the Board Data Module upload the correct contents to the Djinn generator Failure to do so will result in erratic or failed system functionality Recovery requires a complete firmware download and system calibrations Perform the following calibrations Chapter 8 Replacement procedures Page 265 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Filament see 5 3 1 Setting filament drive level on page 90 3 Perform the following HHS checks kV accuracy see 7 1 4 2 Testing kVp accuracy on page 122 mAs Accuracy see 7 1 4 3 Testing mAs accuracy on page 124 Reproducability see 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure on page 127 Linearity see 7 1 4 4 Testing reproducibility and linearity of exposure on page 127 8 5 22 Djinn power modul
347. ure smooth and reliable functionality Page 110 Section 6 1 Column related assemblies GE HEALTHCARE REVISION 12 OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 6 1 3 Column rotational detent procedure 6 1 3 1 Personnel requirements Required persons 1 Timing min 20 6 1 3 2 Preliminary requirements 6 1 3 2 1 Tools and test equipment Standard tool kit 6 1 3 2 2 Consumables None 6 1 3 2 3 Replacement parts None 6 1 3 2 4 Safety None 6 1 3 2 5 Required conditions None 6 1 3 3 Procedure 1 Ensure the tube latch to arm pin adjustment procedure has been completed see 6 1 2 Tube latch to arm pin adjustment procedure on page 108 2 Disengage the tube latch and raised the tube slightly above the tube latch 3 Using the collimator left right lock switch buttons rotate the column such that you feel the column rotation detent setting Release the collimator lock switches when the column rotational lock detent is felt 5 Lower the tube to engage the tube latch assembly If the alignment is not correct proceed with the following steps Chapter 6 Mechanical adjustment procedures Page 111 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Column rotation detent adjustment 1 Remove the left side cover and left front cover See 8 1 3 Front cover removal on page 152 2 Locate the column detent eccentric adustment Item 1 as shown in
348. urrent output Source terminal knob top right and the voltage measurement Sense terminal knob bottom right by turning them counterclockwise 2 Connect Cable B to the current output knob 3 Connect the short bar between the current output and voltage measurement knobs as shown in Figure 7 7 Page 132 Section 7 2 Testing electrical safety GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Figure 7 7 Test Cable B and short bar installation 4 Turn the two knobs clockwise to tighten 5 Loosen the other current output Source terminal top left attach Cable A and retighten the knob The resulting connections should look as shown in Figure 7 8 Cable A Cable B Short Bar Figure 7 8 Cable A Cable B and short bar connections Chapter 7 Regulatory testing Page 133 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN 7 2 1 3 Setting test parameters 1 Turn on the tester by pressing the POWER button The tester enters the ready state five seconds after startup the model name and version display during startup 2 Verify that the tester displays the test parameters specified in Table 7 19 Test parameters Values Canada 30 0 A Current All other countries 25 0 A Test value 0 100 Ohms Timer 5 0 sec Table 7 19 Ground resistance test parameters If it does not perform the following steps to change the pa
349. vailable only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade system Burns the VOI LUT Look Up Tables into the DICOM header to be displayed by PACS Leaving this option unselected sends all available VOI LUTs to the DICOM header for PACS to query and apply Note PACS should be configured to read the first VOI LUT for proper display of images on the Acquisition workstation Apply to images when sending to this network host Available only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima XR200amx with digital upgrade system This node acts as the Destination for receiving the MPPS NCreate amp N Set Notification When Au configured for MPPS the System sends information like which exam is in progress when a Study is completed how many images were acquired and what was the radiation dose to which the patient was exposed during that session etc Designates the host as the DICOM Worklist provider Defining the Radiology Information System RIS and Hospital Information System HIS host allows patient worklists to be downloaded from those networks to the system Note Only one HIS RIS source may be designated on the system Selecting this option will de select any other hosts as the HIS RIS source notification to this network host Make this network host the HIS RIS Source Only one host can be designated as the HIS RIS source Available only on the Optima XR220amx or Optima
350. vod e Ne posku ajte servisirati opreme e tega priro nika niste v celoti prebrali in razumeli Ce tega opozorila ne upo tevate se lahko zaradi elektri nega udara mehanskih ali drugih nevarnosti po koduje ponudnik storitev operater ali bolnik Bu servis k lavuzunun sadece ingilizcesi mevcuttur Eger m teri teknisyeni bu k lavuzu ingilizce d nda bir ba ka lisandan talep ederse bunu terc me ettirmek m teriye d er Servis k lavuzunu okuyup anlamadan ekipmanlara m dahale etmeyiniz Bu uyar ya uyulmamas elektrik mekanik veya di er tehlikelerden dolay teknisyen operat r veya hastan n yaralanmas na yol a abilir Page 6 Preface GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Legal notes TRADEMARKS Optima XR200amx and Optima XR220amx are trademarks of GE Healthcare WPA and WPA2 are trademarks of the Wi Fi Alliance All other products and their name brands are trademarks of their respective holders COPYRIGHTS All material copyright 2011 by General Electric Company Inc All rights reserved The material presented and contained herein may not be reproduced in any form or manner without the written permission of General Electric Company Inc Preface Page 7 GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Important precautions DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION All packages should be closely
351. y None 8 5 18 2 5 Required conditions Remove the side covers and the rear bin See 8 1 5 Rear bin removal 8 5 18 3 Procedure 1 SeeFigure 8 81 Remove the 3 mounting screws Item1 and access cover Item 2 from the bottom of the rear bin Item 3 Item Description 1 Mounting screws 3 used 2 Access cover 3 Rear bin Figure 8 81 Rear bin bottom view 2 See Figure 8 82 Loosen the locknut s Note A 17mm 1 2 drive deep well socket works best 3 Use an Allen wrench to remove the shock absorber s counter clockwise rotation Page 258 Section 8 5 Thorax assembly GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Item Description 1 Shock absorber 2 used 2 Detector park switch 3 Detector charge connector assembly Figure 8 82 Rear bin bottom view Adjust the locknut to the same approximate depth as the original shock absorber Install the new shock absorber s 6 Snug the 17mm locknut 1 4 turn past finger tight Note A 17mm 1 2 drive deep well socket works best 7 From inside the detector bin fully compress the shock absorber Adjust the height of the shock absorber until the top surface of the shock absorber is flush with or slightly below the bottom of the detector bin 8 Install the access cover 9 Install the rear bin 10 Install the sides covers o de 8 5 18 4 Finalization None 8 5
352. y barcode You will hear one set of high low beeps The scanned barcode characters appear in the Login ID field on the login screen and the cursor moves to the Password field The configuration is successful and the barcode reader is ready for use Replace the system covers 4 10 2 5 Optional configuration 2 Optional configuration 2 is to strip first two and last four characters and add a Tab suffix This configuration sets the barcode reader to strip the first two and last four characters and add a Tab at the end of the scan Have a printed copy of these pages on hand so you can scan the necessary barcodes If you make a mistake during this configuration start over at step 1 1 2 3 Power up the system Wait until the green LED on the receiver starts flashing Perform 4 10 2 2 Verifying the default configuration on page 72 Scan the barcode shown in Figure 4 8 After scanning the barcode you will hear three sets of high low high beeps UN LU Figure 4 8 Strip first two and last four characters and add a Tab suffix 4 10 2 6 Verifying optional configuration 2 1 2 3 Turn on the system Wait until the login screen appears Verify that a green LED is blinking on the barcode reader receiver Scan any barcode You will hear one set of high low beeps The scanned barcode characters appear in the Login ID field on the login screen with the first two and last four characters stripped The cursor moves t
353. ystem data Note Do not insert the backup media until the restore utility screen is displayed step 7 NO ah WN On the Applications desktop press the UTILITIES button On the Utilities desktop press LAUNCH On the Service Home tab press the UTILITIES tab button In the left navigation frame expand the SYSTEM folder Press the RESTORE link Select media type CD DVD or USB Follow the on screen instructions Remember that each item must be restored individually there is no Restore All When the status bar indicates that the restore was successful and all items have been restored exit the SUIF Reboot the system for the restore to take effect Page 48 Section 3 6 Restoring system data GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Section 3 7 System self recovery The system hardware has incorporated a design feature which monitors specific components of the system This monitoring checks configuration details during each system power up If a mismatch is detected the user is prompted as to what the correct action should be This feature enables the system to be self healing to a limited extent If a mismatch is detected the following screen will be presented BDM Mismatch Press Restore button below to download from BDM or Cancel button to overwrite BDM If this screen is presented for what was a normally operating system no parts have been changed alway
354. ystem protocol database as outlined in the Optima XR200amx or Optima XR220amx Operator Manual RRA Report DI Report Page 44 Section 3 2 Performing Load From Cold LFC GE HEALTHCARE OPTIMA XR200AMX XR220AMX SYSTEM MANUAL REVISION 12 DIRECTION 5336122 1EN Dose Report Place the Optima Software DVD into the external drive Select SUIF Calibration Hardware Calibration page 6 Select PC Boot Script View and Enable View PC Now and Persistent PC View gue Note In step 8 below you will need to enter PC BIOS Mode using the F11 key The system is very sensitive to timing in this step To begin turn the system on wait 2 seconds then start pressing the F11 key once per second until the boot device selection screen is presented If the system continues booting or approximately 30 seconds go by and you do not see the boot device selection screen you will have to repeat this procedure In some cases if the F11 key is hit too many times it can lock the PC such that the keyboard is not recognized If this occurs shut the system down using the POWER RESET button and try again 7 Shut down the system and restart 8 Pressthe F11 key see note above on the service keyboard to display the Please Select Boot Device menu on the screen 9 Selectthe TEAC drive from the menu and press the ENTER key on the service keyboard 10 On the next popup select the option 1 Install system from this image on this DVD and press the

Optima XR220 System Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents